+ All Categories
Home > Documents > TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect...

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect...

Date post: 24-Jan-2021
Category:
Upload: others
View: 5 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
234
TIBCO BusinessConnect™ ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second Advantage ®
Transcript
Page 1: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect™ ebXML Protocol

User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 StandardSoftware Release 6.1August 2015

Two-Second Advantage®

Page 2: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

Important Information

SOME TIBCO SOFTWARE EMBEDS OR BUNDLES OTHER TIBCO SOFTWARE. USE OF SUCH EMBEDDED OR BUNDLED TIBCO SOFTWARE IS SOLELY TO ENABLE THE FUNCTIONALITY (OR PROVIDE LIMITED ADD-ON FUNCTIONALITY) OF THE LICENSED TIBCO SOFTWARE. THE EMBEDDED OR BUNDLED SOFTWARE IS NOT LICENSED TO BE USED OR ACCESSED BY ANY OTHER TIBCO SOFTWARE OR FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE.USE OF TIBCO SOFTWARE AND THIS DOCUMENT IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A LICENSE AGREEMENT FOUND IN EITHER A SEPARATELY EXECUTED SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT, OR, IF THERE IS NO SUCH SEPARATE AGREEMENT, THE CLICKWRAP END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT WHICH IS DISPLAYED DURING DOWNLOAD OR INSTALLATION OF THE SOFTWARE (AND WHICH IS DUPLICATED IN THE LICENSE FILE) OR IF THERE IS NO SUCH SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT OR CLICKWRAP END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT, THE LICENSE(S) LOCATED IN THE “LICENSE” FILE(S) OF THE SOFTWARE. USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, AND YOUR USE HEREOF SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF AND AN AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND BY THE SAME.This document contains confidential information that is subject to U.S. and international copyright laws and treaties. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form without the written authorization of TIBCO Software Inc.TIBCO, Two-Second Advantage, TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks, TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Plug-in for BusinessConnect, TIBCO Administrator, TIBCO BusinessConnect, TIBCO BusinessConnect Palette, TIBCO Designer, TIBCO Enterprise Message Service, TIBCO Hawk, TIBCO Rendezvous, TIBCO Runtime Agent are either registered trademarks or trademarks of TIBCO Software Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.Enterprise Java Beans (EJB), Java Platform Enterprise Edition (Java EE), Java 2 Platform Enterprise Edition (J2EE), and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.All other product and company names and marks mentioned in this document are the property of their respective owners and are mentioned for identification purposes only.THIS SOFTWARE MAY BE AVAILABLE ON MULTIPLE OPERATING SYSTEMS. HOWEVER, NOT ALL OPERATING SYSTEM PLATFORMS FOR A SPECIFIC SOFTWARE VERSION ARE RELEASED AT THE SAME TIME. SEE THE README FILE FOR THE AVAILABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE VERSION ON A SPECIFIC OPERATING SYSTEM PLATFORM.THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT.THIS DOCUMENT COULD INCLUDE TECHNICAL INACCURACIES OR TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS. CHANGES ARE PERIODICALLY ADDED TO THE INFORMATION HEREIN; THESE CHANGES WILL BE INCORPORATED IN NEW EDITIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT. TIBCO SOFTWARE INC. MAY MAKE IMPROVEMENTS AND/OR CHANGES IN THE PRODUCT(S) AND/OR THE PROGRAM(S) DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT AT ANY TIME.THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE MODIFIED AND/OR QUALIFIED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, BY OTHER DOCUMENTATION WHICH ACCOMPANIES THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY RELEASE NOTES AND "READ ME" FILES.Copyright © 2000-2015 TIBCO Software Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.TIBCO Software Inc. Confidential Information

Page 3: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

| iii

Contents

Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vii

Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi

Related Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiiTIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiiOther TIBCO Product Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiiThird-Party Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xiii

Typographical Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv

Connecting with TIBCO Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviiiHow to Join TIBCOmmunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviiiHow to Access TIBCO Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviiiHow to Contact TIBCO Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii

Chapter 1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

Public and Private Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Private Messages and Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Public Messages and Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Processing ebMS3 Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10One-Way Push Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10One-Way Pull Transactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Two-Way Asynchronous/Synchronous Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Two-Way Push and Pull Transactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Processing Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Message Partition Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Reception Awareness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Receipt Reply Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Duplicate Elimination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Page 4: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

iv | Contents

Security Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Digital Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28UsernameToken for Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28PullRequest Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29SAML Assertion Authorization for the ATO/SBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Transport Level Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Error Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Error Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Consistency of Message Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Chapter 3 Preparing to Use TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Exchanging Information with Your Trading Partners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Configuring Your BusinessConnect Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Transports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Domains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37External Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Adding Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Transaction Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43One-Way Transaction Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Pull Transaction Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Two-Way Transaction Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Push and Pull Transaction Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Exporting Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Importing Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Chapter 5 Setting Up Trading Hosts and Partners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Configuring ebMS3/AS4 Standard for Trading Hosts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76General Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76SAML Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Configuring ebMS3/AS4 Standard for Trading Partners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78General Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Transports Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Chapter 6 Configuring Agreement Protocol Bindings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Configuring Business Agreements with ebMS3 Protocol ebMS3/AS4 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Configuring Operation Bindings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Page 5: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Contents | v

Binding Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Editing Operation Bindings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Operation Settings Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Action Settings Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Transports Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Setting Document Security Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Configuring Transports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Outbound Transports for Host. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Allowed Inbound Transports for Partner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Overriding Outbound Transport Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Overriding Participant Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Chapter 7 Private Processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

Configuring Private Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Standalone Private Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Private Process Message Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Outbound Request Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Request Acknowledgment Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Inbound Response Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Inbound Request Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Outbound Response Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Response Acknowledgment Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Advisory Signal Message Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Error Message Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Additional Data Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Configuring Private Processes with TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Configuring BCServerConfig Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Configuring Send and Receive Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Chapter 8 Viewing Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127

Logging Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Viewing Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Audit Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Summary View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Transaction Details View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129State Details View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Non-Repudiation Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Summary View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Resendable Transactions Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Transaction States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Page 6: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

vi | Contents

Resend History Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Chapter 9 Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Setting Up the Tutorial in TIBCO Administrator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Setting Up Buyer on Machine 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Setting Up Seller on Machine 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Configuring Private Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Configuring Private Processes in TIBCO Designer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Configuring Private Processes in TIBCO Business Studio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Running the Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160One-Way Push Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160One-Way Pull Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Two-Way Asynchronous/Synchronous Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Two-Way Push and Pull Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Appendix A Status Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Appendix B Property Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Appendix C Smart Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Appendix D Public Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

ebMS3 Public Message Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

SOAP Envelope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196UserMessage Element. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196SignalMessage Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Appendix E ATO/SBR SAML Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Setting Up the ATO/SBR SAML Security for Hosts and Partners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Setting Up the ATO/SBR SAML Security Feature in Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Page 7: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Figures | vii

Figures

Figure 1 ebMS3 Components in TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Figure 2 Processing One-Way Push Transactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Figure 3 Processing One-Way Pull Transactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Figure 4 Processing Two-Way Asynchronous Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Figure 5 Processing Two-Way Synchronous Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Figure 6 Processing Two-Way Push and Pull Transactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Figure 7 MPC for One-Way Pull Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Figure 8 Message Delivery with MSH Receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Figure 9 Receipt Reply Pattern: callback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Figure 10 Receipt Reply Pattern: response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Figure 11 TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Figure 12 ebMS3 User Message Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Figure 13 ebMS3 Signal Message Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Page 8: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

viii | Figures

Page 9: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Tables | ix

Tables

Table 1 General Typographical Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv

Table 2 Syntax Typographical Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi

Table 3 One-Way Operation Type: One-Way Transaction Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Table 4 One-Way Operation Type: Request Action Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Table 5 Pull Operation Type: Pull Transaction Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Table 6 Pull Operation Type: Pull Request Action Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Table 7 Pull Operation Type: Pull Response Action Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Table 8 Two-Way Operation Type: Two-Way Transaction Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Table 9 Two-Way Operation Type: Request/Response Action Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Table 10 Push and Pull Operation Type: Push and Pull Transaction Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Table 11 Push and Pull Operation Type: Push Action Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Table 12 Push and Pull Operation Type: Pull Action Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Table 13 Trading Host General Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Table 14 Trading Partner General Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Table 15 Document Security Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Table 16 Outbound Transports for Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Table 17 Inbound Transport Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Table 18 ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest Message Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Table 19 ae/ebMS3/InitiatorAck Message Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Table 20 ae/ebMS3/InitiatorResponse Message Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Table 21 ae/ebMS3/ResponderRequest Message Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Table 22 ae/ebMS3/ResponderResponse Message Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Table 23 ae/ebMS3/ResponderAck Message Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Table 24 ae/ebMS3/Advisory Signal Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Table 25 ae/ebMS3/Advisory Error Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Table 26 ae/BC/Attachment Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Table 27 ae/BC/TradingPartner Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Table 28 Audit Log, Summary View Columns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Page 10: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

x | Tables

Table 29 Audit Log, Transaction Details View Columns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Table 30 Non-Repudiation Log Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Table 31 Resendable Transactions Log Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Table 32 Transaction States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Table 33 Resend History Log Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Table 34 Participant Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Table 35 Status Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Table 36 Property Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Table 37 Smart Routing Fields for ebMS3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Table 38 UserMessage Element in ebMS3 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Table 39 Signal Message Element in ebMS3 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Table 40 Trading Host SAML Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Table 41 Notes for the ATO/SBR SAML Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Page 11: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

| xi

Preface

TIBCO BusinessConnect™ ebXML Protocol is a plug-in to TIBCO BusinessConnect™. You can conduct electronic business by using TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol based on TIBCO BusinessConnect.

Topics

• Related Documentation, page xii

• Typographical Conventions, page xv

• Connecting with TIBCO Resources, page xviii

Page 12: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

xii | Related Documentation

Related Documentation

This section lists documentation resources you might find useful.

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol DocumentationThe following documents form the TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol documentation set:

• TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol Installation Read this manual for instructions on site preparation and installation.

• TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS2 Standard Read this manual to learn how to use the software to process ebXML transactions based on the ebMS2 standard. This manual also contains a tutorial to help you get started with TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

• TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard Read this manual to learn how to use the software to process ebXML transactions based on the ebMS3/AS4 standard. This manual also contains a tutorial to help you get started with TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

• TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol Release Notes Read the release notes for a list of new and changed features. This document also contains lists of known issues and closed issues for this release.

Other TIBCO Product DocumentationYou might find it useful to read the documentation for the following TIBCO products:

• TIBCO BusinessConnect™

• TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks™

• TIBCO Administrator™

• TIBCO Rendezvous®

• TIBCO Designer™

• TIBCO Hawk®

• TIBCO Enterprise Message Service™

• TIBCO Runtime Agent™

• TIBCO BusinessConnect™ Palette

Page 13: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Preface | xiii

• TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks™ Plug-in for BusinessConnect

Third-Party DocumentationYou might find it useful to read the following third-party documentation:

• [EBMS3CORE] OASIS ebXML Messaging Services Version 3.0: Part1, Core Features, 1 October 2007

http://docs.oasis-open.org/ebxml-msg/ebms/v3.0/core/os/ebms_core-3.0-spec-os.pdf

• [EBMS3-ADVANCED] OASIS ebXML Messaging Services Version 3.0: Part 2, Advanced Features. 19 May 2011. OASIS Committee Specification 01

http://docs.oasis-open.org/ebxml-msg/ebms/v3.0/part2/201004/cs01/ebms-v3.0-part2-cs01.pdf

• [AS4] AS4 Profile of ebMS 3.0 Version 1.0, January 2013, OASIS Standard

http://docs.oasis-open.org/ebxml-msg/ebms/v3.0/profiles/AS4-profile/v1.0/os/AS4-profile-v1.0-os.pdf

• [SOAP12] M. Gudgin, et al, SOAP Version 1.2 Part 1: Messaging Framework, 2003

http://www.w3.org/TR/soap12-part1

• [SOAPATTACH] J. Barton, et al, SOAP Messages with Attachments, 2000 http://www.w3.org/TR/SOAP-attachments

• [WSS11] Web Services Security: SOAP Message Security 1.1 OASIS Standard incorporating Approved Errata. 1 November 2006

http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/v1.1/wss-v1.1-spec-errata-os-SOAPMessageSecurity.pdf

• [WSS11-UT] Web Services Security UsernameToken Profile 1.1 OASIS Standard. 1 February 2006

http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/v1.1/wss-v1.1-spec-os-UsernameTokenProfile.pdf

• [XMLDSIG] Donald Eastlake, et al, eds, XML-Signature Syntax and Processing, 2002

http://www.w3.org/TR/xmldsig-core

• [XMLENC] D. Eastlake, et al, XML Encryption Syntax and Processing, 2002.

http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlenc-core

Page 14: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

xiv | Related Documentation

• Assertions and Protocols for the OASIS Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) V2.0 OASIS Standard, 15 March 2005

http://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/v2.0/saml-core-2.0-os.pdf

• Authentication Context for the OASIS Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) V2.0 OASIS Standard, 15 March 2005

http://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/v2.0/saml-authn-context-2.0-os.pdf

• Web Services Security: SAML Token Profile 1.1 OASIS Standard, 1 February 2006

https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/download.php/16768/wss-v1.1-spec-os-SAMLTokenProfile.pdf

• Web Services Security: SOAP Message Security 1.1 (WS-Security 2004) OASIS Standard Specification, 1 February 2006

http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/v1.1/wss-v1.1-spec-os-SOAPMessageSecurity.pdf

TIBCO provides no warranties or assurances regarding the content located in the foregoing websites.

Page 15: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Preface | xv

Typographical Conventions

The following typographical conventions are used in this manual.

Table 1 General Typographical Conventions

Convention Use

ENV_NAME

TIBCO_HOME

TIBCO products are installed into an installation environment. A product installed into an installation environment does not access components in other installation environments. Incompatible products and multiple instances of the same product must be installed into different installation environments.

An installation environment consists of the following properties:

• Name Identifies the installation environment. This name is referenced in documentation as ENV_NAME. On Microsoft Windows, the name is appended to the name of Windows services created by the installer and is a component of the path to the product shortcut in the Windows Start > All Programs menu.

• Path The folder into which the product is installed. This folder is referenced in documentation as TIBCO_HOME.

EBXML_HOME TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol is installed into a directory within a TIBCO_HOME. This directory is referenced in documentation as EBXML_HOME. The default value of EBXML_HOME depends on the operating system. For example, on Windows systems, the default value is C:\tibco\bc\6.x\protocols\ebxml.

code font Code font identifies commands, code examples, filenames, pathnames, and output displayed in a command window. For example:

Use MyCommand to start the foo process.

bold code

font Bold code font is used in the following ways:

• In procedures, to indicate what a user types. For example: Type admin.

• In large code samples, to indicate the parts of the sample that are of particular interest.

• In command syntax, to indicate the default parameter for a command. For example, if no parameter is specified, MyCommand is enabled: MyCommand [enable | disable]

Page 16: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

xvi | Typographical Conventions

italic font Italic font is used in the following ways:

• To indicate a document title. For example: See TIBCO BusinessConnect Concepts.

• To introduce new terms. For example: A portal page may contain several portlets. Portlets are mini-applications that run in a portal.

• To indicate a variable in a command or code syntax that you must replace. For example: MyCommand pathname

Key combinations

Key name separated by a plus sign indicate keys pressed simultaneously. For example: Ctrl+C.

Key names separated by a comma and space indicate keys pressed one after the other. For example: Esc, Ctrl+Q.

The note icon indicates information that is of special interest or importance, for example, an additional action required only in certain circumstances.

The tip icon indicates an idea that could be useful, for example, a way to apply the information provided in the current section to achieve a specific result.

The warning icon indicates the potential for a damaging situation, for example, data loss or corruption if certain steps are taken or not taken.

Table 1 General Typographical Conventions (Cont’d)

Convention Use

Table 2 Syntax Typographical Conventions

Convention Use

[ ] An optional item in a command or code syntax.

For example:

MyCommand [optional_parameter] required_parameter

| A logical OR that separates multiple items of which only one may be chosen.

For example, you can select only one of the following parameters:

MyCommand para1 | param2 | param3

Page 17: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Preface | xvii

{ } A logical group of items in a command. Other syntax notations may appear within each logical group.

For example, the following command requires two parameters, which can be either the pair param1 and param2, or the pair param3 and param4.

MyCommand {param1 param2} | {param3 param4}

In the next example, the command requires two parameters. The first parameter can be either param1 or param2 and the second can be either param3 or param4:

MyCommand {param1 | param2} {param3 | param4}

In the next example, the command can accept either two or three parameters. The first parameter must be param1. You can optionally include param2 as the second parameter. And the last parameter is either param3 or param4.

MyCommand param1 [param2] {param3 | param4}

Table 2 Syntax Typographical Conventions (Cont’d)

Convention Use

Page 18: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

xviii | Connecting with TIBCO Resources

Connecting with TIBCO Resources

How to Join TIBCOmmunityTIBCOmmunity is an online destination for TIBCO customers, partners, and resident experts. It is a place to share and access the collective experience of the TIBCO community. TIBCOmmunity offers forums, blogs, and access to a variety of resources. To register, go to http://www.tibcommunity.com.

How to Access TIBCO DocumentationDocumentation for this and other TIBCO products is available on the TIBCO Documentation site:

https://docs.tibco.com

Documentation on the TIBCO Documentation site is updated more frequently than any documentation that might be included with the product. To ensure that you are accessing the latest available help topics, please visit us at https://docs.tibco.com.

How to Contact TIBCO SupportFor comments or problems with this manual or the software it addresses, contact TIBCO Support as follows:

• For an overview of TIBCO Support, and information about getting started with TIBCO Support, visit this site:

http://www.tibco.com/services/support

• If you already have a valid maintenance or support contract, visit this site:

https://support.tibco.com

Entry to this site requires a user name and password. If you do not have a user name, you can request one.

Page 19: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Introduction | 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

This chapter provides an overview of TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol and the product features.

Topics

• Overview, page 2

• TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol Architecture, page 3

• Features, page 5

This document focuses on the ebMS3/AS4 standard of the protocol.

Page 20: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

2 | Chapter 1 Introduction

Overview

ebXML (electronic business XML) is a business protocol that buyers, sellers, and intermediaries can use to securely and reliably share XML or non-XML business documents and messages over the Internet. ebXML introduces a set of Internet messaging services standards that you can follow to exchange business documents in a secure and reliable way.

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol implements ebXML messaging services standard ebMS 3.0 and OASIS AS4 Profile.

OASIS ebMS 3.0 Standard and AS4 Profile

The emergence of the OASIS ebMS 3.0 standard represents a leap forward in Web Services business-to-business messaging services. The OASIS ebMS 3.0 standard leverages many Web Services standards and forms a single comprehensive specification for defining the secure and reliable exchange of documents by using Web Services.

However the ebMS 3.0 specification still contains numerous options and comprehensive alternatives for addressing a variety of scenarios for exchanging data over a Web Services platform, therefore the AS4 Profile is developed by OASIS, which defines a subset of ebMS 3.0 functionality based on the “just-enough” design principles.

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol implements the AS4 ebHandler Conformance Profile, which supports both Sending and Receiving roles, and for each role both message pushing and message pulling. The implementation also leverages the fundamental Web Services Standards such as SOAP, SOAP with Attachments and WS-Security, among others.

Go to http://docs.oasis-open.org/ebxml-msg/ebms/v3.0 to access the ebMS3 specifications and AS4 profile.

Page 21: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol Architecture | 3

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol Architecture

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol — ebMS3/AS4 Standard is the TIBCO implementation of ebXML Message Service 3.0. As a plug-in to TIBCO BusinessConnect, it can handle one-way and two-way transactions.

Figure 1 is a graphical representation of the TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol implementation of ebMS3 components.

Figure 1 ebMS3 Components in TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol

The previous figure shows the following conceptual parts:

• Messaging Service Interface

• Messaging Service Layer

• Transport Services

Messaging Service Interface

The applications compliant with ebMS3 can interact with the messaging service layer through the messaging service interface.

JMS or TIBCO Rendezvous(Messaging Service Interface)

Application or SOAP Processor

Reliability Module

Transport Binding or Other SOAP Processor

ebMS3 Packaging

WSS Module

MS

H

Receiving

Sending

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

(Messaging Service)

Page 22: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

4 | Chapter 1 Introduction

Messaging Service Layer

The message service layer maps the abstract interface to the underlying transport services. It includes the following conceptual parts:

• ebMS3 Packaging Contains ebMS3 header elements and one or more payloads. See Appendix D, Public Messages, on page 193.

• Reliability Module Includes the following functions:

— Receipt awareness

— Duplicate elimination

— Message retry

See Reception Awareness on page 22 and Duplicate Elimination on page 26.

• WSS Module Performs all security-related functions including:

— Generation and verification of any digital signatures

— Encryption and decryption of any SOAP body and attachments

— Username/token authentication and authorization

See Security Module on page 27.

Transport Services

This part of the MSH uses transport protocols, which deliver public messages.

The transport protocols supported by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol are HTTP, HTTPS, and HTTPSCA.

Page 23: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Features | 5

Features

The following are major features in TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol ebMS3/AS4 Standard:

• Conforms to the ebMS 3.0 core specification and AS4 ebHandler profile.

• One-way push, one-way pull, two-way asynchronous/synchronous, and two-way push and pull transactions.

• Message Service Handler with receipt awareness and duplicate elimination.

• Receipt reply pattern specified by ebMS3/AS4: callback, response.

• Temporarily stores the outbound messages to be pulled later by the trading partner; Message Partition Channel (MPC) and selective message pulling for pull request.

• Non-repudiation, and XML digital signatures for both user messages and signal messages by following the WSS security standard.

• WSS Username/token as an alternative approach for authentication by following the WSS usernameToken profile.

• WSS Username/token used for authorization against a particular MPC.

• Payload signature and encryption using XML signature and encryption by following the WSS security standard.

• Standard Business Reporting (SBR) sponsored by the Australian government used with Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) 2.0 security.

• Digital signature and encryption of attachments by following the WSS SOAP Message with Attachments standard.

• Compressed attachments.

• Sets the ebMS3 message customer properties for payload and attachments.

• SOAP and MIME public message packaging.

• Generates standard errors defined in the ebMS3 core specification and AS4 profile.

• HTTP and HTTPS transport protocols.

• Support for integration with TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks.

• Advisory signals to private processes for receipts or error signals received from the trading partner.

• The ability to specify certain timing constraints, such as how long to wait for a response from a private process.

Page 24: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

6 | Chapter 1 Introduction

• Audit and non-repudiation information stored in database.

Certain database tables use centralized storage of critical information. See TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration for more information. You can use the Log Viewer to view these records.

Page 25: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

| 7

Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality

This chapter describes process flows and relevant functionality when ebMS3 is used by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol for business transactions.

Topics

• Public and Private Messages, page 8

• Processing ebMS3 Transactions, page 10

• Message Partition Channels, page 20

• Reception Awareness, page 22

• Receipt Reply Pattern, page 24

• Duplicate Elimination, page 26

• Security Module, page 27

• Error Handling, page 31

• Consistency of Message Settings, page 33

Page 26: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

8 | Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality

Public and Private Messages

In an ebMS3 transaction, two partners exchange business documents over the Internet based on the predefined rules of ebXML. These rules are defined by a set of processing modes (P-Mode). ebXML specifies what message formats and transport protocols the partners have agreed to use, among other options. See Anatomy of a Business Protocol in TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration for more information on the partner agreement. The agreement reached between the two trading partners is represented by Agreement Reference ID, or AgreementRef.

The exchange of business documents is known as the process flow. In any process flow implemented by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol, two types of messages are exchanged:

• Private messages

• Public messages

Private Messages and ProcessesPrivate messages are exchanged between private processes and TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol. Private messages carry business documents, including request, response, or notification documents, or alternatively, advisory and error signals. For a detailed description of TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol private messages, see Private Process Message Formats on page 94.

Private processes are back office systems of an enterprise that generates or processes business documents, and conducts business logic. TIBCO BusinessConnect Palette, which works with TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks, can act as the interface of the private processes to handle conversion of internal data to and from the formats acceptable to the BusinessConnect servers, which is the public process.

• Outbound The BusinessConnect palette working in private processes converts internal data into business documents in the formats acceptable to the public process. In this case, the private processes are the message producer in terminology of ebMS3.

• Inbound The BusinessConnect palette working in private processes receives business documents in the formats defined by the public processes, converts them to internal company formats, and processes the data or forwards it to other internal resources for processing. In this case, the private processes are the message consumer in the terminology of ebMS3.

See Chapter 7, Private Processes, on page 91.

Page 27: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Public and Private Messages | 9

Public Messages and ProcessesTIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works inside the BusinessConnect servers that act as public processes and exchanges documents with a trading partner over the Internet by using the message formats and protocols defined by the ebXML Message Service specification, or called ebXML Messaging Service Handler (MSH), in terminology of ebXML. For detailed information on public processes, see Appendix D, Public Messages, on page 193.

An ebMS3 public message is a SOAP message that contains:

• SOAP header

SOAP header contains ebMS message header and security header.

• SOAP body

SOAP body encapsulates user payload and SOAP fault.

• Attachments

Attachments encapsulate supplemental documents of arbitrary formats.

An ebMS3 message can be a user message or a signal message.

See ebMS3 Public Message Structure on page 194.

User Message

An ebMS3 user message is an ebMS message that contains a user message unit. In other words, it contains an eb:UserMessage element as a child of eb:Messaging. An ebMS user message carries business data. It is submitted by a producer and is subject to delivery to a consumer.

Signal Message

An ebMS3 signal message is an ebMS message that contains a signal message unit. An ebMS signal message does not carry any business data. It is not intended to be delivered to a message consumer.

Three types of signal message are specified in ebMS 3.0: the error signal message, the MSH receipt signal message, and the pull request signal message.

Page 28: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

10 | Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality

Processing ebMS3 Transactions

This section describes how TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol ebMS3/AS4 standard processes transactions of various Message Exchange Patterns (MEPs).

You can use TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol that conforming to the ebMS3/AS4 standard to process transactions of the following MEPs:

• One-Way Push Transactions

• One-Way Pull Transactions

• Two-Way Asynchronous/Synchronous Transactions

• Two-Way Push and Pull Transactions

One-Way Push TransactionsFigure 2 shows how TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol processes a one-way push transaction with MSH receipt required for the request message. In this figure, both the initiator MSH and responder MSH are implemented by TIBCO BusinessConnect for simplicity and convenience of description.

Figure 2 Processing One-Way Push Transactions

The following description is of the previous figure.

1. The initiator private process sends a request to the initiator BusinessConnect server.

Initiator Private Process 

(Message Producer)

Responder Private Process  

(Message Consumer)

Request Message

Public Request Message

MSH Receipt

(User Message)

(Signal Message)

Receipt Advisory

Request Message

1

2

3

4

5

Initiator Public Process 

(BusinessConnect)

Responder Public Process 

(BusinessConnect)

Page 29: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Processing ebMS3 Transactions | 11

2. The initiator BusinessConnect server encapsulates the business request into an ebMS3 user message that includes the necessary security handling, and sends the message to the responder BusinessConnect server.

3. The responder BusinessConnect server unpackages the received ebMS3 message, applies security handling, for example, signature verification, decryption, authentication, authorization, and sends the business documents, including the attachments, to the responder private process.

4. The responder BusinessConnect server sends an MSH receipt back to the initiator BusinessConnect server indicating that the message has been received and successfully processed. The MSH receipt can be sent synchronously or asynchronously.

5. The initiator BusinessConnect server publishes an advisory message to the initiator private process indicating that the request has been accepted by the responder side.

One-Way Pull TransactionsFigure 3 shows how TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol processes a one-way pull transaction with MSH Receipt required for the response message. In this figure, both the initiator MSH and responder MSH are implemented by TIBCO BusinessConnect for simplicity and convenience of description.

Figure 3 Processing One-Way Pull Transactions

Message

Pull Request

(Signal Message)

MSH Receipt (async)

(User Message)

StoreAndForward

Store 

Response Message

Receipt Advisory(Signal Message)

Pull Request

Response Message

1

23

4

5

6

7

8

Responder Private Process 

(Message Producer)

Initiator Private Process 

(Message Consumer)

Initiator Public Process 

(BusinessConnect)

Responder Public Process 

(BusinessConnect)

Page 30: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

12 | Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality

The following description is of the previous figure.

1. The responder private process (message producer) sends the business document in the format of private process message to the responder BusinessConnect server.

2. The responder BusinessConnect server receives the business document and encapsulates it into an ebMS3 user message after applying the necessary security handling, and stores it to a temporary storage named Store-and-Forward.

3. The initiator private process (message consumer) sends a pull request in the format of private process message to the initiator BusinessConnect server.

4. The initiator BusinessConnect server generates an ebMS3 pull request signal message, and then relays the pull request to the responder BusinessConnect server.

5. The responder BusinessConnect server retrieves a qualified user message from the Store-and-Forward storage, and then sends the message in a pull response to the initiator BusinessConnect server.

6. The initiator BusinessConnect server unpackages the user message, including applying the necessary security handling, for example, signature verification, decryption, and authentication, and sends the extracted business document to the initiator private process.

7. The initiator BusinessConnect server sends an MSH receipt to the responder BusinessConnect server asynchronously indicating that the message has been processed successfully.

8. Upon receiving the MSH receipt, the responder BusinessConnect server publishes an advisory message to the responder private process indicating that the response has been accepted by the initiator side.

Two-Way Asynchronous/Synchronous TransactionsYou can use TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to process a two-way asynchronous transaction or a two-way synchronous transaction.

Page 31: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Processing ebMS3 Transactions | 13

Two-Way Asynchronous Transactions

A two-way asynchronous transaction can be considered a combination of two one-way push transactions in opposite directions. The second one, which is a response message, refers to the first one using a special message header field eb:RefToMessageId. In a two-way asynchronous transaction, the response message is sent asynchronously, and if the MSH receipt is required for the request message and response message, the MSH receipt can be sent synchronously or asynchronously.

Figure 4 shows how TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol processes a two-way asynchronous transaction in which MSH receipt required for both the request message and the response message can be sent synchronously or asynchronously.

In this figure, both the initiator MSH and responder MSH are implemented by TIBCO BusinessConnect for simplicity and convenience of description.

Figure 4 Processing Two-Way Asynchronous Transactions

The following description is of the previous figure.

1. The initiator private process sends the request business document in the format of private process message to the initiator BusinessConnect server.

2. The initiator BusinessConnect server encapsulates the business request into an ebMS3 request user message and sends the message to the responder BusinessConnect server. The necessary security handling can be applied to the user message.

InitiatorPrivate Process

Request Message

Public Response Message (async)

(User Message)

MSH Receipt (sync/async)

(User Message)

Public Request Message

Receipt Advisory

Initiator BusinessConnect

ResponderPrivate Process

Responder BusinessConnect

(Signal Message)

Request Message

Response Message

MSH Receipt (sync/async)

(Signal Message)

1

2

4

3

6

9

7

5

Response Message

8Receipt Advisory

10

Page 32: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

14 | Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality

3. The responder BusinessConnect server unpackages the request user message with the necessary security handling being applied, and then sends the extracted request business documents to the responder private process.

4. The responder BusinessConnect server sends an MSH receipt back to the initiator BusinessConnect server synchronously or asynchronously. Whatever the receipt is sent back synchronously or asynchronously, the original HTTP or HTTPS transport channel connection is closed after this receipt.

5. The initiator BusinessConnect server sends a receipt advisory message to the initiator private process indicating that the request message has been received and processed successfully by the responder.

6. The responder private process sends the response business document in the format of private process message to the responder BusinessConnect server.

7. The responder BusinessConnect server packages the business message into another ebMS3 user message with the necessary security handling being applied, and then sends a response user message to the initiator BusinessConnect server asynchronously because the original transport channel initiated by the initiator BusinessConnect server was already closed.

8. The initiator BusinessConnect server unpackages the response user message with the necessary security handling being applied, and then sends the extracted response business documents to the initiator private process.

9. The initiator BusinessConnect server sends an MSH receipt to the responder BusinessConnect server synchronously or asynchronously.

10. The responder BusinessConnect server sends a receipt advisory message to the responder private process indicating the response message has been received and processed by the initiator successfully.

Two-Way Synchronous Transactions

In a two-way synchronous transaction, the response message is sent synchronously through the back channel of the original transport. The reply must refer to the request by the RefToMessageId element. For two-way synchronous transactions, MSH receipt is not implemented for request messages and response messages.

Figure 5 shows how TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol processes a two-way synchronous transaction.

You can set TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to send MSH receipt for a push request synchronously and send the MSH receipt for a push response asynchronously, and vice versa.

Page 33: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Processing ebMS3 Transactions | 15

Figure 5 Processing Two-Way Synchronous Transactions

The following description is of the previous figure.

1. The initiator private process sends the request business document in the format of private process message to the initiator BusinessConnect server.

2. The initiator BusinessConnect server encapsulates the business request into an ebMS3 request user message and sends the message to the responder BusinessConnect server. The necessary security handling can be applied to the user message.

3. The responder BusinessConnect server unpackages the request user message with the necessary security handling being applied, and then sends the extracted request business documents to the responder private process.

4. The responder private process sends the response business document in the format of private process message to the responder BusinessConnect server.

5. The responder BusinessConnect server packages the business message into an ebMS3 user message with the necessary security handling being applied, and then sends a response user message to the initiator BusinessConnect server synchronously through the back channel of the original transport.

6. The initiator BusinessConnect server unpackages the response user message with the necessary security handling being applied, and then sends the extracted response business documents to the initiator private process.

InitiatorPrivate Process

Request Message

Public Response Message (sync)

(User Message)

(User Message)

Public Request Message

Initiator BusinessConnect

ResponderPrivate Process

Responder BusinessConnect

Request Message

Response Message

1

2

4

3

6

5Response Message

When the synchronous pattern is selected, ensure that you select never from the Require MSH Receipt list in the Receipt tab of the request and response.

Page 34: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

16 | Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality

Two-Way Push and Pull TransactionsA two-way push and pull transaction can be considered a combination of a one-way push transaction and a one-way pull transaction.

An initiator sends a request message to a responder in the push transaction process, and then pulls the response message back from the responder. The pull request is automatically generated by the BusinessConnect engine, and retries are supported with flexible time intervals. This pull request also carries the RefToMessageId element that refers to the original request and can be used for the responder for selective pulling. This RefToMessageId element is also returned back in the user message pulled from the responder.

The pull request must carry a WSS Username/token that is used to identify from which trading partner the pull request is initiated, and also to authorize the accessibility to a particular MPC. In the pull transaction process, the response message is sent synchronously through the back channel of the original transport of the pull request, and MSH receipt is not implemented for the response message.

Figure 6 shows how TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol processes a two-way push and pull transaction.

Figure 6 Processing Two-Way Push and Pull Transactions

(Signal Message)

(User Message)

StoreAndForward

6

7

8

9

10

Responder Private Process

Initiator Private Process 

Initiator BusinessConnect

Responder BusinessConnect

Request Message

1

Public Request Message

(User Message) 2Request Message

3

(Signal Message) 4Receipt Advisory

5

MSH Receipt

Response Message

Response Message (sync)

Store

Response Message

Pull Request (retry function)

Page 35: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Processing ebMS3 Transactions | 17

The following description is of the previous figure.

1. The initiator private process sends the request business document in the format of private process message to the initiator BusinessConnect server.

2. The initiator BusinessConnect server encapsulates the business request into an ebMS3 request user message and sends the message to the responder BusinessConnect server. The necessary security handling can be applied to the user message.

3. The responder BusinessConnect server unpackages the request user message with the necessary security handling being applied, and then sends the extracted request business documents to the responder private process.

4. The responder BusinessConnect server sends an MSH receipt back to the initiator BusinessConnect server synchronously or asynchronously. After the receipt is sent back, the original HTTP or HTTPS transport channel connection is closed after this receipt.

5. The initiator BusinessConnect server sends a receipt advisory message to the initiator private process indicating that the request message has been received and processed successfully by the responder.

6. The responder private process sends the response message in the format of private process message to the responder BusinessConnect server.

7. The responder BusinessConnect server receives the response message and encapsulates it into an ebMS3 user message after applying the necessary security handling, and stores it to a temporary storage named Store-and-Forward.

8. The initiator BusinessConnect server sends a pull request when a trigger starts after a configured time. The pull request must carry a WSS Username/token that is used to identify from which trading partner the pull request is initiated, and also to authorize the accessibility to a particular message. A RefToMessageId element, which refers to the original request message and is used to pull the corresponding response user message, is also indicated in the pull request message. The initiator BusinessConnect server retries to send the request if the message is not received by the responder BusinessConnect server or the response message is not ready to be pulled.

9. The responder BusinessConnect server retrieves the qualified response that is referred in the pull request by the RefToMessageId element from the Store-and-Forward storage, and then sends the message in the back channel of the pull request to the initiator BusinessConnect server.

10. The initiator BusinessConnect server unpackages the user message, including applying the necessary security handling, for example, signature verification, decryption, and authentication, and sends the extracted business document to the initiator private process.

Page 36: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

18 | Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality

Processing SignalsThis section describes how TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol processes signal messages. Three types of signal messages are specified in ebMS3:

• Error Signal

• Receipt Signal

• Pull Signal

Error Signal

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol sends error signals to trading partners if an error occurs when processing inbound messages.

See Error Handling on page 31.

Receipt Signal

You can set TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to require MSH receipt for a request or response message sent to a trading partner, or generate an MSH receipt for a received request or response message. If required, the MSH receipt message is used to inform a message sender that the message has been received to achieve the reliability function called Reception Awareness defined in the ebMS3 specification. Note that in the processing flow of TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol sends out the MSH receipt message after it successfully receives and processes the user message.

Non-repudiation of Receipt

If the original user message is digitally signed, it can be configured so that the receipt can contain a well-formed ebbpsig:NonRepudiationInformation element. This element includes the digital digest of the original user message for the purpose of non-repudiation.

See Receipt Reply Pattern on page 24 for more information about the reply pattern for ebMS3 transactions.

Pull Signal

You can use TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to send a pull request out to pull a user message from a message producer on a trading partner side, or process a pull request from a trading partner.

Page 37: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Processing ebMS3 Transactions | 19

The pull signal message can contain the MPC information to indicate from which message partition channel the message is pulled, and the authorization token that is used by the responder side to authorize the request for the particular MPC. An optional RefToMessageId element can be used, and this element is necessary if this is a selective pulling that only pulls the user message with the same RefToMessageId element; this is a scenario in two-way push and pull message exchange pattern.

See Message Partition Channels on page 20 and One-Way Pull Transactions on page 11 for more information about pull signal messages.

Page 38: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

20 | Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality

Message Partition Channels

You can use Message Partition Channels (MPCs) for partitioning the flow of messages from a sending MSH to a receiving MSH into several flows, and then the flows can be controlled separately and consumed differently in terms of transfer priorities.

In TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol ebMS3/AS4 standard, MPCs are used in Pull transactions, so messages can be pulled from different queues identified by MPCs.

Figure 7 shows an example of the MPC workflow for one-way pull transactions.

Figure 7 MPC for One-Way Pull Transactions

1. The producer submits a user message to the responding MSH, intended for the consumer on the initiator side. MPC value can be specified for this user message. If no MPC is specified, the user message is considered belonging to the default MPC.

In the current implementation, a user name associated with a particular trading partner has to be submitted together with the user message to be stored for pulling, so that this message can only be pulled by this user. MPC and the user name are stored in Store-and-Forward together with the message.

A RefToMessageId element can also be submitted to indicate that only a pull request with the RefToMessageId element can pull this message. This is a scenario in two-way push and pull MEP, where the response user message stored in Store-and-Forward is associated with an earlier request user

Submit User Message

Producer Responding MSH Initiating MSH Consumer

Message Partition Channel (MPC)

Get MPC

User Message

Pull (MPC)

User Message

Page 39: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Message Partition Channels | 21

message. The response contains a RefToMessageId element that refers to the request message, and only a pull request with the same RefToMessageId element can pull this response message.

2. The consumer sends a pull signal message by the initiating MSH. The pull request must carry a WSS Username/token that is used to identify from which trading partner the pull request is initiated, and also to authorize the accessibility to a particular message.

If MPC is specified in the pull signal message, the message is supposed to be pulled from the specified MPC channel. If no MPC is specified in the pull signal message, the message is supposed to be pulled from the default MPC channel. If the optional RefToMessageId element is specified, the message to be pulled must have this RefToMessageId element refer to the original request message.

3. According to the pull request signal received, the responding MSH selects a previously submitted message from Store-and-Forward, and sends it over the response to the initiating MSH. In this process, the WSS Username/token and the MPC in the pull request message are used to authorize if the user has access to the messages in this particular MPC. If a RefToMessageId element is presented in the pull request, this element is also used to identify the message only with the same RefToMessageId element.

Note: If more than one message in the MPC conforms to the conditions specified by the pull request, a First-in-First-out (FIFO) policy is applied to select the message. If no user message is available in the specified MPC to be pulled, an error signal message with warning error code is sent back instead.

4. The initiating MSH receives the returned ebMS3 message, unpackages the message, including the necessary security handling, and sends the extracted business documents to the initiator private process, the message consumer.

5. The initiating MSH can choose to send a receipt asynchronously to the responder MSH, indicating that the message has been received and processed. The receipt can also be a non-repudiation receipt, which contains the signed digest of the user message just being pulled.

Page 40: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

22 | Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality

Reception Awareness

With TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol, you can customize the level of reliability in message delivery by requiring MSH receipt messages and trying to send the messages again if the receipt messages are not received in a given time. MSH receipts, when required, are used to confirm the successful delivery of messages.

To configure MSH receipts in TIBCO Administrator, click BusinessConnect > Operations Editor > ebMS3 > transaction > Action > Receipt, and select one option from the Require MSH Receipt list.

When MSH receipts are required, you can set the following parameters:

• The time to wait for an MSH receipt

The length of time to wait for an MSH receipt from a trading partner. After this time expires, the action message is resent to the trading partner as many times as the maximum retries times. If the last retry fails, an error message is sent back to the private process (the message producer) indicating the failure of the delivery.

• Maximum number of retries

The maximum number of times to retry sending the action message before receiving an MSH receipt.

Note: This property is not available for one-way pull transaction.

Figure 8 shows how TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol processes a one-way push transaction with MSH receipt required for the request message.

Page 41: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Reception Awareness | 23

Figure 8 Message Delivery with MSH Receipt

If the initiator does not receive the receipt for a public message before the waiting time expires, it resends the message until the maximum number of retries has been reached.

InitiatorPrivate Process

BusinessConnect Server

Trading Partner

MSH Receipt

Public Request Message

Advisory Signal

Resend Request

Request Message

Page 42: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

24 | Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality

Receipt Reply Pattern

You can use TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to define two receipt reply patterns for ebMS3 transactions: callback and response. You can select one of them from the Receipt Reply Pattern list in the Operations Editor panel.

• callback Sends MSH receipts through a separate transport channel. This mode is called asynchronous mode. Figure 9 depicts the behavior of this mode when TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as an initiator in a two-way asynchronous transaction.

Figure 9 Receipt Reply Pattern: callback

The dotted line in the previous figure indicates that the receipts are replied through a separate transport channel.

InitiatorPrivate Process

BusinessConnect Server

Trading Partner

Request MessagePublic Request Message

MSH Receipt (async)Advisory Signal

Public Response Message

Response Message

MSH Receipt (async)

Page 43: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Receipt Reply Pattern | 25

• response Sends the MSH receipt by the back-channel of the original transport. This mode is called synchronous mode. Figure 10 depicts the behavior of TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol when it works as the initiator in a two-way asynchronous transaction.

Figure 10 Receipt Reply Pattern: response

The solid line in the previous figure indicates that the receipts are replied through the back channel of the original message transport.

InitiatorPrivate Process

BusinessConnect Server

Trading Partner

Request MessagePublic Request Message

MSH Receipt (sync)Advisory Signal

Public Response Message

Response Message

MSH Receipt (sync)

Page 44: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

26 | Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality

Duplicate Elimination

With TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol, you can customize the level of reliability in message delivery by detecting and eliminating duplicate messages.

To set TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to eliminate duplicate messages or not, click BusinessConnect > Operations Editor > ebMS3 > transaction > Action > General and select one value from the Eliminate Duplicate Message list in TIBCO Administrator.

Duplicate detection and elimination is always supported by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol ebMS3/AS4 standard both for inbound messages and outbound messages. A duplicate message can occur if the sending side retries to send the same message because of the loss of the receipt used to acknowledge an original user message.

The receiving MSH keeps the record of all recently received messages, so for a newly received user message, the eb:MessageInfo/eb:MessageId element in the message is checked against the record. If this message ID already exists in the record, duplication is detected and audit logged. This duplication status is reported to the private process of the receiver side (the message consumer). If duplicate elimination is configured, the duplicate user message is not sent to the private process, but rather an error advisory is sent to the private process.

The sending MSH also keeps the record of all business messages received from its private process. If the business message received from the private process contains a message ID and this ID matches one in the record, duplication is detected. If duplication elimination is configured, this message is rejected.

Page 45: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Security Module | 27

Security Module

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol ebMS3/AS4 Standard supports the security module defined in the ebMS3.0 core specification and the AS4 ebHandler Profile that follows the WSS specifications. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol also supports SAML authorization security function defined in SBR, and SBR is sponsored by the Australian government.

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol ebMS3/AS4 Standard supports the following security functions:

• Digital Signature

• Encryption

• UsernameToken for Authentication

• PullRequest Authorization

• SAML Assertion Authorization for the ATO/SBR

• Transport Level Security

Digital SignatureDigital signatures are used to bind information to the identity of its originator. They can be used to provide data origin authentication, data integrity, and non-repudiation.

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol ebMS3/AS4 Standard supports the following digital signature functions:

• Web Services Security X.509 Certificate Token Profile.

• Digital signature for SOAP header and SOAP body:

— Detached signatures format as defined by the XML Signature Specification.

— The entire eb:Messaging container element and the SOAP body must be included in the WSS signature when signing messages.

• Digital signature for SOAP attachments:

— The Attachment-Content-Only transform is used for attachment signature, which follows the AS4 specification.

— All MIME body parts of the to-be-signed attachments are included in the WSS signature, together with the entire eb:Messaging container element and the SOAP body when signing attachment.

Page 46: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

28 | Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality

• Digital signature for receipt (non-repudiation of receipt) to acknowledge signed messages.

• SAML authorization together with digital signature: SBR defines a specific set of signature entities packaged together with authorization SAML assertions. See ATO/SBR SAML Security.

You can set TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to use the signature of request and response by clicking BusinessConnect > Operations Editor > ebMS3 > transaction > Action > General > Require Non-repudiation of Request/Response in TIBCO Administrator.

You can set TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to use the signature of receipt by clicking BusinessConnect > Operations Editor > ebMS3 > transaction > Action > Receipt > Require Non-Repudiation of MSH Receipt in TIBCO Administrator.

EncryptionTIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol ebMS3/AS4 Standard supports the following encryption functions:

• Web Services Security X.509 Certificate Token Profile

• Encryption for SOAP body

Supports the WSS Encryption [WSS11] specification over SOAP body when it is used to carry payloads.

• Encryption for SOAP attachments

— Supports the SOAP Messages with Attachments specification [SOAPATTACH] to encrypt the MIME body parts of the included payloads.

— Processes Content-Transfer-Encoding in MIME header: When sending encrypted attachments, the value set for the Content-Transfer-Encoding header field is "binary". When receiving encrypted attachments, the acceptable value for the Content-Transfer-Encoding header field can be "binary" or "base64".

You can set TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to use the document encryption by clicking BusinessConnect > Operations Editor > ebMS3 > transaction > Document > Encrypt Document in TIBCO Administrator.

UsernameToken for AuthenticationAs an authentication alternative, WSS Username/Password Token ([WSS11-UT]) can also be used, without the exclusiveness of Digital Signature Authentication, for inbound message authentication.

Page 47: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Security Module | 29

The password type of Username/token is only digest password in the current implementation for outbound messages. For inbound message, either the digest or plain text password that is normally used together with SSL transport is accepted.

When Username/token is used for authentication, the wsse:UsernameToken element is in the “primary” security header along with other security entities such as digital signature and encryption element if they are present. This “primary” security header is supposed to be handled by the security module of the receiving MSH, so it does not have the @role="ebms" attribute.

You can set TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to use the Username/token for authentication by clicking BusinessConnect > Operations Editor > ebMS3 > transaction > Action > General > Require UsernameToken Authentication of Request/Response in TIBCO Administrator.

PullRequest AuthorizationWSS Username/Password Token ([WSS11-UT]) can also be used with Pull transaction, to authorize a pull request for the accessibility to a specific MPC. If the MPC is missing, the request is supposed to be pulled from the default channel.

The user name and password in the PullRequest are used for authorizing whether an external user, who is associated with a trading partner, has the access to pull messages from a particular MPC. If the authorization succeeds, the message is pulled from this particular channel belonging to this partner in message storage.

When Username/token is used for MPC authorization, it is put in a “secondary” security header, and is supposed to be handled by the ebMS module on the receiving MSH, so this security header has the @role="ebms" attribute in the message.

See Message Partition Channels on page 20.

SAML Assertion Authorization for the ATO/SBRThe Australian Taxation Office (ATO) is an Australian government agency. SBR sponsored by the Australian government defines a complete profile of implementations to the ebMS3 based services offered by the SBR ebMS3 platform. The implementations include how to fetch a SAML token from a dedicated Security Token Service (STS) server, which includes the SAML assertion that contains all the authorization information. The implementations also include how to encapsulate the SAML assertion into the ebMS3 request message used for the business to report to Australian government agencies. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol supports this standard.

See ATO/SBR SAML Security on page 202.

Page 48: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

30 | Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality

Transport Level SecurityThe transport level security such as SSL over HTTP/HTTPS is also supported by the protocol.

See TIBCO BusinessConnect documentation for more information on the transport level security functions.

Page 49: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Error Handling | 31

Error Handling

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol sends error signals to the trading partner whenever it encounters an error while processing the inbound ebMS3 action or signal messages. See Processing Signals on page 18. Reasons for an error message include, but are not limited to the following situations:

• A delivery failure occurred.

• The ebMS3 message envelope is not well-formed, cannot be validated on XML, SOAP, or ebXML layer, and fails to resolve external references.

• The transaction is not authorized.

• The ebMS3 message data does not match up with the settings in the TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol configuration store, such as settings for trading partners, digital signatures, encryption, non-repudiation of receipt, or the mismatch of agreement reference, P-mode ID, and so on.

• The message did not pass security checks, such as digital signature verification failure, failed to be decrypted, and so on.

When TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol receives an error message from a trading partner in response to an outbound message, it updates the private process that is the message producer by publishing the following private messages:

• In case of trading partner error while processing request message: an ae/ebMS3/InitiatorResponse message that packages the error message in the response field. See Inbound Response Format on page 103.

• In case of trading partner error while processing response message: if an ae/ebMS3/ResponderAck message has not already been sent to the private process, an ae/ebMS3/ResponderAck message with an error code in the statusCode field. See Response Acknowledgment Format on page 113.

• An ae/ebMS3/Advisory message on the error subject. See Error Message Format on page 118.

Error TypesAn error generated by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol can be one of the following types:

• SOAP Faults

All the error messages are sent synchronously.

Page 50: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

32 | Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality

• AS4 Errors

• ebMS Errors

• Internal Errors

SOAP Faults

The SOAP faults generated by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol are errors against the SOAP specification.

Go to http://docs.oasis-open.org/ebxml-msg/ebms/v3.0/core/os/ebms_core-3.0-spec-os.html.

AS4 Errors

The AS4 Errors generated by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol are errors against the AS4 specification.

Go to http://docs.oasis-open.org/ebxml-msg/ebms/v3.0/profiles/AS4-profile/v1.0/cs03/AS4-profile-v1.0-cs03.html.

ebMS Errors

The ebMS errors generated by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol are errors occurred to the ebMS3 specification.

Go to http://docs.oasis-open.org/ebxml-msg/ebms/v3.0/core/os/ebms_core-3.0-spec-os.html.

Internal Errors

The internal errors generated by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol are errors occurred during the one-way push, one-way pull, two-way asynchronous/synchronous, and two-way push and pull transactions that are not defined by either SOAP, ebMS, or AS4 specifications.

See Appendix A on page 173 for a list of all internal errors.

Page 51: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Consistency of Message Settings | 33

Consistency of Message Settings

In ebXML, it is imperative that you and your trading partner use messages and message elements that are consistent with MSH configuration of each other. This is best achieved if you and your trading partner reach a detailed agreement for each of the business transaction you perform together. This business agreement must include the following details for every transaction: transaction name, role and service information, timeout settings, duplicate elimination, digital signatures, encryption, MSH acknowledgments, receipt acknowledgments, and synchronous reply mode.

When TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol receives an inbound message that is inconsistent with any of the settings, the transaction is interrupted and an MSH error is sent to the trading partner.

Page 52: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

34 | Chapter 2 Process Flows and Functionality

Page 53: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

| 35

Chapter 3 Preparing to Use TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol

This chapter describes the preliminary information you use to configure your BusinessConnect server for your ebMS3 transactions. It also provides the instructions for configuring some of this information in your BusinessConnect server. You must perform all the tasks in this chapter before configuring BusinessConnect participants with ebXML protocol.

Topics

• Exchanging Information with Your Trading Partners, page 36

• Configuring Your BusinessConnect Server, page 37

Page 54: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

36 | Chapter 3 Preparing to Use TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol

Exchanging Information with Your Trading Partners

Before you start conducting electronic business with your trading partner, you must exchange the following details:

• Party ID and PartyID Type The Party IDs are how you and your trading partner identify each other. The identify belongs to a business domain, which is called PartyID Type in ebMS3 standard. The PartyID and PartyID Type of both sides are present in the ebMS3 user messages exchanged between the two parties. The trading partner can choose not to use PartyID Type, in which case the PartyID must be the format of valid URI.

• Server URLs You and your trading partner must know the server URL of each other to conduct electronic business transactions.

Server URLs for TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol ebMS3/AS4 Standard follow the formats:protocol://hostName:portNumber/dmz/ebMS3

The host name and port number are determined by your IT department. See Transports on page 37 for how to set the inbound transport for receiving messages from your trading partner.

For example:http://www.myhost.com:6700/dmz/ebMS3https://www.myhost.com:6705/dmz/ebMS3

• Public Certificates To use HTTPS for your ebMS3 transactions, and utilize digital signatures for document authentication, or encryption for data security you must also exchange public certificates. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol ebMS3/AS4 Standard supports PKI X.509 Certificate Token for public certificate.

• P-Mode and Agreement Reference You and your trading partner must agree on the processing mode (P-Mode ID) and the agreement reference (AgreementRef) that are used to guide the transactions.

• MPC You and your trading partner must agree on the MPC if they support message prioritization by using Message Partition Channel, and the Username/tokens used to authorize the accessibilities to each channel.

Page 55: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Configuring Your BusinessConnect Server | 37

Configuring Your BusinessConnect Server

You must perform a few tasks in the BusinessConnect console in TIBCO Administrator before you can successfully configure a BusinessConnect participant with TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

TransportsBefore you can configure a BusinessConnect transport protocol of participants, you must configure the transport protocols. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol supports the following two types of transports: HTTP and HTTPS.

For more information on how to configure the outbound transport to send ebMS3/AS4 messages to your trading partner, see HTTP, HTTPS, and HTTPSCA Transports in TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration.

For more information on how to configure the transport services with your trading partner, see Gateway Services in TIBCO BusinessConnect Gateway Server Administration.

DomainsIf the Party IDs you and your trading partners used to identify each other belong to a business domain, which is also called PartyID Type in ebMS3 standard, you have to define this domain in TIBCO BusinessConnect server. This domain, when chosen to be used for a trading partner, presents as the eb:PartyID/@type attribute in the ebMS3 message sent to the partner.

Follow these instructions to add a domain:

1. In TIBCO Administrator, expand BusinessConnect > System Settings in the left panel.

2. Click Metadata Type Configuration in the right panel.

3. Click Domains.

4. Click New.

5. Type the name of the domain you want to use in the Domain Name field.

6. Click Save.

7. Click Done. Click Done again.

Page 56: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

38 | Chapter 3 Preparing to Use TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol

External UsersIf your trading partners use WSS:UsernameToken to authenticate the message they send to you, or use WSS:UsernameToken to authorize a pull request issued by them, you must define the external users associated with this trading partner.

See User Access Management in TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration for how to create an external user and associate this user with a particular trading partner.

Page 57: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

| 39

Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

This chapter explains how to manage ebMS3 operation definitions in the Operations Editor panel.

Topics

• Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions, page 40

• Adding Transactions, page 41

• Transaction Properties, page 43

• Exporting Transactions, page 73

• Importing Transactions, page 74

Page 58: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

40 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

The Operations Editor panel organizes ebMS3 operation definitions, which are called transactions in containers of various levels. Each of the operation definition consists of many property definitions, which define the process mode of a particular business transaction. A process mode is called P-Mode in ebMS3 terminology and is referenced by P-Mode ID. In Operations Editor, transactions defined by the same organization are grouped into the same organization container, for example, RosettaNet.org. Within an organization container, they are organized into business process containers, for example, 3A4. Then, transactions further organized by their document version into version containers, for example, 1.1. A transaction is the most basic unit for an ebMS3 transaction in the Operations Editor panel, for example, Create Purchase Order.

Before you can use ebMS3 in business transactions, you must add the transactions in the Operations Editor panel in TIBCO Administrator and configure each of them accordingly. See Adding Transactions on page 41.

After you have added the transactions into the Operations Editor panel, you can export them to a file. When you upgrade or reinstall TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol, you can simply import the data into the Operations Editor panel. See Exporting Transactions on page 73 and Importing Transactions on page 74.

When you give a container any name you want, follow the naming convention to ensure that both you and your trading partner are using the same naming conventions for your ebMS3 transactions.

Page 59: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Adding Transactions | 41

Adding Transactions

The section provides the instructions on adding transactions in the Operations Editor panel, which consists of the following tasks:

• Task A, Adding Organization Containers, page 41

• Task B, Adding Business Process Containers, page 41

• Task C, Adding Version Containers, page 41

• Task D, Adding Transactions, page 42

Task A Adding Organization Containers

Follow these instructions to add an organization container:

1. In TIBCO Administrator, expand BusinessConnect > Operations Editor in the left panel.

2. Select ebMS3 from the Protocol list in the right panel.

3. Click New Organization.

4. Type the organization name in the Name field.

5. Optional. Add description in the Description field, and add the business process agency ID in the Business Process Agency ID field.

6. Click Save.

Task B Adding Business Process Containers

Follow these instructions to add a business process container:

1. Click the organization container you created in Task A.

2. Click New Business Process.

3. Type the name of the business process in the Name field, as defined by the organization you specified in Task A.

4. Click Save.

Task C Adding Version Containers

Follow these instructions to add a version container:

1. Select the version container you created in Task B.

2. Click New Version.

Page 60: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

42 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

3. Type the version of the business transaction in the Name field.

4. Click Save.

Task D Adding Transactions

Follow these instructions to add a transaction:

1. Select the version container you created in Task C.

2. Click New Transaction.

3. Select either One-Way, Pull, Two-Way, or Push and Pull from the Operation Type list.

4. Click OK.

5. Configure the transaction in each tab.

For more information about how to configure transactions, see Transaction Properties on page 43.

6. Click Save.

Page 61: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Transaction Properties | 43

Transaction Properties

This section describes each field in one-way transactions, two-way transactions, pull transactions, and push and pull transactions.

• One-Way Transaction Properties

• Pull Transaction Properties

• Two-Way Transaction Properties

• Push and Pull Transaction Properties

One-Way Transaction PropertiesIf you specify One-Way in Task D, you see the One-Way Transaction and Request Action tabs when you configure the transaction in the Edit Transaction panel. A one-way operation type can be used for guiding one-way push transaction, or can be used for guiding how a message is prepared and stored in Store-and-Forward, so it can be pulled by another one-way pull transaction.

Table 3 describes each field in the One-Way Transaction tab.

You can override certain transaction settings when configuring protocol bindings for a business agreement. See Operation Settings Tab on page 84.

Table 3 One-Way Operation Type: One-Way Transaction Tab (Sheet 1 of 3)

Field Description

General Tab

Name The displayed name of the transaction.

Description Optional. A short description of the transaction.

Roles Tab

Initiating Role The role of the initiator in this transaction. This field is mapped to the respective Role element in the eb:PartyId/eb:From element of public user message.

Responding Role

The role of the responder in this transaction. This field is mapped to the respective Role element in the eb:PartyId/eb:To element of public user message.

Page 62: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

44 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

Service Information Tab

Service The service that acts upon this message, as defined by ebMS. This field is mapped to the Service element in the public message SOAP header.

You must specify a URI in this field if the Service Type field is empty.

Service Type The service type, as defined by ebMS. This field is mapped to the Type attribute in the public message Service element.

You must specify a URI in the Service field if this field is empty.

AgreementRef The reference of the agreement between the host and the trading partner. Such an agreement is the set of P-Mode operations that are essential for two parties in order for their MSHs to interoperate. This reference is present in the eb:CollaborationInfo/eb:AgreementRef element. In inbound messages sent from this trading partner, the eb:AgreementRef element must have the same value to be accepted and processed.

This field takes precedence over the setting on trading partners level, and you can override this value on the business agreements level.

Type The type of the AgreementRef value. If it is empty, the AgreementRef value must be a valid URI.

This field takes precedence over the setting on trading partners level, and you can override this value on the business agreements level.

P-Mode ID The identifier for the processing mode defined by this transaction. It is also called operation definition in TIBCO BusinessConnect. This is the default P-Mode ID for this P-Mode. You can override the P-Mode ID by using a special P-Mode ID agreed between you and your trading partner when configuring protocol bindings for a business agreement to identify the specific P-Mode used between you and your trading partner for guiding this particular transaction.

Note: The combination of service, service type, the request action name, and P-Mode ID is the identification of a business transaction. These values are present in user messages, which are used by the receiver to recognize which P-Mode or operation type is used to process a received user message.

Document Tab

Encrypt Document

Select this check box to encrypt the outbound document. When this is selected, it is also required that the inbound message of this operation is encrypted.

Table 3 One-Way Operation Type: One-Way Transaction Tab (Sheet 2 of 3)

Field Description

Page 63: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Transaction Properties | 45

Table 4 describes each field in the Request Action tab.

Compress Document

Selecting this check box requires that the outbound documents of this operation are compressed. When this is selected, the contents of each attachment in the message are compressed.

Note: This option is used only to compress attachments, not to compress messages. When a message does not include attachments, the message is not compressed even if you select this check box.

Table 3 One-Way Operation Type: One-Way Transaction Tab (Sheet 3 of 3)

Field Description

Table 4 One-Way Operation Type: Request Action Tab (Sheet 1 of 5)

Field Description

General Tab

Name The name of the action.

Description Optional. A description of the action.

Direction The direction of this action.

Page 64: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

46 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

ATO/SBR SAML Security

Require the action message to be packaged in the way defined in SBR of the Australian government when interacting with the ATO.

If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Retrieves from a dedicated STS server, a SAML security token that contains SAML assertion is encapsulated in the message for authorization by the government agency as the message receiver.

• Signs the outbound action message including the SAML security element in the message header.

• Requires that the inbound action message of this operation is also signed with SAML security element; if it is not signed, the message is considered invalid and an error message is sent back.

Note:

• If this check box is selected, you must also select the Require Non-repudiation of Request check box, so the messages are digitally signed with SAML.

• The key used to sign the message is not from the Business Agreement and the Host configuration. The key is automatically retrieved from a specific key store conforming to SBR. The key store is configured on the Host layer.

See ATO/SBR SAML Security on page 202.

Require Non-repudiation of Request

Require the action message to be digitally signed for non-repudiation. If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Signs the outbound action message and stores the message in the non-repudiation log.

• Requires that the inbound action message of this operation is also digitally signed; if it is not signed, the message is considered invalid and an error message is sent back.

Table 4 One-Way Operation Type: Request Action Tab (Sheet 2 of 5)

Field Description

Page 65: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Transaction Properties | 47

Require UsernameToken Authentication of Request

Require the action message to contain the WSS:UsernameToken element for authentication. If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Sends the outbound action message with WSS:UsernameToken where the user name and password are provided by the private process (the message producer).

• Requires that the inbound message of the same operation also carries the WSS:UsernameToken element to be used for inbound message authentication. If the inbound message does not have the WSS:UsernameToken element, the message is rejected with an error message being sent to the trading partner.

Receipt Reply Pattern

The mode in which the receipt signals are to be replied. The options are as follows:

• callback The MSH receipt signals are sent back in a separate transport channel, which is also called asynchronous mode. The original transport channel is closed after the message is received by the receiving server.

• response The MSH receipt signals are sent back through the back channel of the original transport, which is also called synchronous mode.

See Receipt Reply Pattern on page 24.

Table 4 One-Way Operation Type: Request Action Tab (Sheet 3 of 5)

Field Description

Page 66: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

48 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

Eliminate Duplicate Message

Messages that are considered duplicated are eliminated. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol keeps the record of recent sent and received messages in database table. A message is considered duplicated if its message ID matches one of the messages in record. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol checks the messages received from private processes on the sending side, or the messages received from trading partners on the receiving side for duplications. The options are as follows:

• never Do not eliminate duplicate messages. If this option is selected, messages that are found to be duplicated are not eliminated. This applies to both the messages received from private processes on the outbound side, or the messages received from trading partners on the inbound side.

• always Always eliminate duplicate messages. If this option is selected, the messages that are found to be duplicated are eliminated, and the messages cannot be sent out, or delivered to its destination. This applies to both the inbound and outbound side.

• perMessage This only applies to the outbound side. Once it is selected, the dupElimination property in the messages sent from private processes determines whether the message is to be eliminated if it is considered duplicated. This provides you more flexibility for controlling this behavior on each message.

Receipt Tab

Require MSH Receipt

Require the MSH receipt for the action message. This applies on the message receiving side to determine whether a receipt is to be created and sent to the message sending side.

On the message sending side, a receipt signal is sent back if this is configured by the sending MSH, so the Reception Awareness function is achieved. If the receipt is not received within a period of time, the original message can be resent. The options are as follows:

• never Do not generate receipt signal for the received action message.

• always Always generate receipt signal for the received action message.

Table 4 One-Way Operation Type: Request Action Tab (Sheet 4 of 5)

Field Description

Page 67: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Transaction Properties | 49

Time to Wait for MSH Receipt (min.)

The length of time to wait for an MSH receipt signal from a trading partner after an action message has been sent out. After this time expires, the action message is resent to the trading partner as many times as specified in the Maximum Number of Retries field. After the last retry attempt, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol sends an error to the private process.

The resending of an action messages is different from the HTTP connection retries defined in outbound HTTP transport, which is used to communicate with a trading partner. HTTP retries, if defined in the HTTP transport configuration, always perform when the initiator failed to connect to the HTTP server of the responder to send an action message. Ensure that the HTTP connection retries do not interfere with the resending of an action message. The value in this field must be greater than the value based on the formula of HTTP and HTTPS transports: Retry Interval x Retry Count.

When an action message is sent by the HTTP transport, if no response is received within the time defined in the Socket Timeout (seconds) field in the outbound HTTP transport configuration, the initiator stops the connection. This is considered as a scenario in which the resending of an action message is necessary. The value in this field must be greater than the value for HTTP and HTTPS transports socket timeout.

See HTTP, HTTPS, and HTTPSCA Transports in TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration.

Maximum Number of Retries

The number of times to retry sending the action message before receiving an MSH receipt.

Require Non-repudiation of MSH Receipt

Require the MSH receipt to be digitally signed and the receipt contains the digital digest of the received message. This applies on the message receiving side.

On the message sending side, the replied receipt signal is checked if it is signed properly, and the digital digest contained in the receipt is matched with the preserved digest of the original message for data integrity.

Table 4 One-Way Operation Type: Request Action Tab (Sheet 5 of 5)

Field Description

Page 68: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

50 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

Pull Transaction PropertiesIf you specify Pull in Task D, you see the Pull Transaction, Pull Request Action, and Pull Response Action tabs when you configure the transaction in the Edit Transaction panel.

Table 5 describes each field in the Pull Transaction tab.

You can override certain transaction settings when configuring protocol bindings for a business agreement. See Operation Settings Tab on page 84.

The tibco.com/EBMS Pull Request/1.0/Pull Request pull request operation is predefined with the installation of the product and activation of TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol. This is a fixed operation that is used for guiding the processing of inbound pull request and cannot be removed. However you can override it in protocol bindings of business agreement.

Table 5 Pull Operation Type: Pull Transaction Tab

Field Description

General Tab

Name The displayed name of the transaction.

Description Optional. A short description of the transaction.

Roles Tab

Initiating Role The role of the initiator in this transaction.

Responding Role The role of the responder in this transaction. Unlike the one-way push transaction, the initiator role and responding role properties are not present in the pull request and response messages.

Service Information Tab

Service The service that acts upon this message. Unlike the one-way push transaction, the service and service type properties are present in the pull request messages.

Service Type The service type.

Page 69: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Transaction Properties | 51

Table 6 describes each field in the Pull Request Action tab.

AgreementRef The reference of the agreement between the host and the trading partner. Such an agreement is the set of P-Mode operations that are essential for two parties in order for their MSHs to interoperate. This reference is present in the eb:CollaborationInfo/eb:AgreementRef element. In inbound messages sent from this trading partner, the eb:AgreementRef element must have the same value to be accepted and processed.

This field takes precedence over the setting on trading partners level, and you can override this value on the business agreements level.

Type The type of the AgreementRef value. If it is empty, the AgreementRef value must be a valid URI.

This field takes precedence over the setting on trading partners level, and you can override this value on the business agreements level.

P-Mode ID The identifier for the processing mode defined by the transaction. Unlike the one-way push transaction, the P-Mode ID of one-way pull transaction is not present in the pull request messages.

Table 5 Pull Operation Type: Pull Transaction Tab (Cont’d)

Field Description

Table 6 Pull Operation Type: Pull Request Action Tab (Sheet 1 of 3)

Field Description

General Tab

Name The name of the action.

Description Optional. A description of the action.

Direction The direction of this action.

Page 70: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

52 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

ATO/SBR SAML Security

Require the action message to be packaged in the way defined in SBR of the Australian government when interacting with the ATO.

If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Retrieves from a dedicated STS server, a SAML security token that contains SAML assertion is encapsulated in the message for authorization by the government agency as the message receiver.

• Signs the outbound action message including the SAML security element in the message header.

• Requires that the inbound action message of this operation is also signed with SAML security element; if it is not signed, the message is considered invalid and an error message is sent back.

Note:

• If this check box is selected, you must also select the Require Non-repudiation of Request check box, so the messages are digitally signed with SAML.

• The key used to sign the message is not from the Business Agreement and the Host configuration. The key is automatically retrieved from a specific key store conforming to SBR. The key store is configured on the Host layer.

See ATO/SBR SAML Security on page 202.

Require Non-repudiation of Request

Require the action message to be digitally signed for non-repudiation. If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Signs the outbound action message and stores the message in the non-repudiation log.

• Requires that the inbound action message of this operation is also digitally signed; if it is not signed, the message is considered invalid and an error message is sent back.

Table 6 Pull Operation Type: Pull Request Action Tab (Sheet 2 of 3)

Field Description

Page 71: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Transaction Properties | 53

Table 7 describes each field in the Pull Response Action tab.

Require UsernameToken Authentication of Request

Require the action message to contain the WSS:UsernameToken element for authentication. If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Sends the outbound action message with WSS:UsernameToken where the user name and password are provided by the private process (the message producer).

• Requires that the inbound message of the same operation also carries the WSS:UsernameToken element to be used for inbound message authentication. If the inbound message does not have the WSS:UsernameToken element, the message is rejected with an error message being sent to the trading partner.

Eliminate Duplicate Message

The receiver of the action message must eliminate duplicate messages. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol can remove duplicates of action messages that are kept in persistent storage. For a pull request, this property only applies to the outbound side, because no message ID information is in an inbound pull request message. The options are as follows:

• never Do not eliminate duplicate messages.

• always Always eliminate duplicate messages.

• perMessage If this option is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol handles duplicate elimination according to the definition of the message.

Table 6 Pull Operation Type: Pull Request Action Tab (Sheet 3 of 3)

Field Description

Table 7 Pull Operation Type: Pull Response Action Tab

Field Description

General Tab

Name The name of the action.

Description Optional. A description of the action.

Direction The direction of this action.

Page 72: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

54 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

Two-Way Transaction PropertiesIf you specify Two-Way in Task D, you see the Two-Way Transaction, Request Action, and Response Action tabs when you configure the transaction in the Edit Transaction panel. A two-way transaction can be considered two associated one-way transaction, with the second transaction being the response of the first one. So the properties of the two-way transaction are almost the same as the one-way transaction.

Table 8 describes each field in the Two-Way Transaction tab.

You can override certain transaction settings when configuring protocol bindings for a business agreement. See Operation Settings Tab on page 84.

Table 8 Two-Way Operation Type: Two-Way Transaction Tab

Field Description

General Tab

Name The displayed name of the transaction.

Description Optional. A short description of the transaction.

Roles Tab

Initiating Role The role of the initiator in this transaction. This field is mapped to the respective Role element in the eb:PartyId/eb:From element of public user message.

Responding Role The role of the responder in this transaction. This field is mapped to the respective Role element in the eb:PartyId/eb:To element of public user message.

Service Information Tab

Service The service that acts upon this message, as defined by ebMS. This field is mapped to the Service element in the public message SOAP header.

You must specify a URI in this field if the Service Type field is empty.

Service Type The service type, as defined by ebMS. This field is mapped to the Type attribute in the Service element of public message.

You must specify a URI in the Service field if this field is empty.

Page 73: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Transaction Properties | 55

AgreementRef The reference of the agreement between the host and the trading partner. Such an agreement is the set of P-Mode operations that are essential for two parties in order for their MSHs to interoperate. This reference is present in the eb:CollaborationInfo/eb:AgreementRef element. In inbound messages sent from this trading partner, the eb:AgreementRef element must have the same value to be accepted and processed.

This field takes precedence over the setting on trading partners level, and you can override this value on the business agreements level.

Type The type of the AgreementRef value. If it is empty, the AgreementRef value must be a valid URI.

This field takes precedence over the setting on trading partners level, and you can override this value on the business agreements level.

P-Mode ID The identifier for the processing mode defined by the transaction. It is also called operation definition in TIBCO BusinessConnect. This is the default P-Mode ID for this P-Mode. You can override the P-Mode ID by using a special P-Mode ID agreed between you and your trading partner when configuring protocol bindings for a business agreement to identify the specific P-Mode used between you and your trading partner for guiding this particular transaction.

Note: The combination of service, service type, the request action name, and P-Mode ID is the identification of a business transaction. These values are present in user messages, which are used by the receiver to recognize which P-Mode or operation type is used to process a received user message.

Document Tab

Encrypt Document Select this check box to encrypt the outbound document. When this is selected, it is also required that the inbound message of this operation must be encrypted.

Compress Document

Selecting this check box requires that the outbound documents of this operation are compressed. When this is selected, the contents of each attachment in the message are compressed.

Note: This option is used only to compress attachments, not to compress messages. When a message does not include attachments, the message is not compressed even if you select this check box.

Table 8 Two-Way Operation Type: Two-Way Transaction Tab (Cont’d)

Field Description

Page 74: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

56 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

Table 9 describes each field in the Request/Response Action tab.

Table 9 Two-Way Operation Type: Request/Response Action Tab (Sheet 1 of 5)

Field Description

General Tab

Name The name of the action.

Description Optional. A description of the action.

Direction The direction of this action.

Max.Response Wait Time (min.)

Configure only in the Request Action tab.

The maximum length of time to wait for the response message from a trading partner, counting from the time the action message is sent. If this time expires, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol sends an ae/ebMS3/Advisory message on the error subject.

Note: This function does not take effect in two-way synchronous transactions.

Page 75: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Transaction Properties | 57

ATO/SBR SAML Security

Require the action message to be packaged in the way defined in SBR of the Australian government when interacting with the ATO.

If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Retrieves from a dedicated STS server, a SAML security token that contains SAML assertion is encapsulated in the message for authorization by the government agency as the message receiver.

• Signs the outbound action message including the SAML security element in the message header.

• Requires that the inbound action message of this operation is also signed with SAML security element; if it is not signed, the message is considered invalid and an error message is sent back.

Note:

• If this check box is selected, you must also select the Require Non-repudiation of Request check box, so the messages are digitally signed with SAML.

• The key used to sign the message is not from the Business Agreement and the Host configuration. The key is automatically retrieved from a specific key store conforming to SBR. The key store is configured on the Host layer.

See ATO/SBR SAML Security on page 202.

Max. Private Process Response Wait Time (min.)

Configure only in the Response Action tab.

The maximum of length time to wait for the response message from a private process, counting from the time the action message is sent to the private process. If this time expires, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol sends an MSH error to the trading partner.

Require Non-repudiation of Request/Response

Require the action message to be digitally signed for non-repudiation. If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Signs the outbound action message and stores the message in the non-repudiation log.

• Requires that the inbound action message of this operation is also digitally signed; if it is not signed, the message is considered invalid and an error message is sent back.

Table 9 Two-Way Operation Type: Request/Response Action Tab (Sheet 2 of 5)

Field Description

Page 76: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

58 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

Require UsernameToken Authentication of Request/Response

Require the action message to contain the WSS:UsernameToken element for authentication. If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Sends the outbound action message with WSS:UsernameToken where the user name and password are provided by the private process (the message producer).

• Requires that the inbound message of the same operation also carries the WSS:UsernameToken element to be used for inbound message authentication. If the inbound message does not have the WSS:UsernameToken element, the message is rejected with an error message being sent to the trading partner.

Response Reply Pattern

Configure only in the Request Action tab. The options are as follows:

• synchronous Waits for the response message from your trading partner through the back channel of the original transport.

• asynchronous Waits for the response message from your trading partner in a separate transport channel. The original transport channel is closed after the message is received by the receiving server.

The default option is asynchronous pattern.

Note: When the synchronous pattern is selected, ensure that you select never from the Require MSH Receipt list in the Receipt tab of the request and response.

Receipt Reply Pattern

The mode in which the receipt signals are to be replied. The options are as follows:

• callback The MSH receipt signals are sent back in a separate transport channel, which is also called asynchronous mode. The original transport channel is closed after the message is received by the receiving server.

• response The MSH receipt signals are sent back through the back channel of the original transport, which is also called synchronous mode.

See Receipt Reply Pattern on page 24.

Table 9 Two-Way Operation Type: Request/Response Action Tab (Sheet 3 of 5)

Field Description

Page 77: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Transaction Properties | 59

Eliminate Duplicate Message

Messages that are considered duplicated are eliminated. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol keeps the record of recent sent and received messages in database table. A message is considered duplicated if its message ID matches one of the messages in record. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol checks the messages received from private processes on the sending side, or the messages received from trading partners on the receiving side for duplications. The options are as follows:

• never Do not eliminate duplicate messages. If this option is selected, messages that are found to be duplicated are not eliminated. This applies to both the messages received from private processes on the outbound side, or the messages received from trading partners on the inbound side.

• always Always eliminate duplicate messages. If this option is selected, the messages that are found to be duplicated are eliminated, and the messages cannot be sent out, or delivered to its destination. This applies to both the inbound and outbound side.

• perMessage This only applies to the outbound side. Once it is selected, the dupElimination property in the messages sent from private processes determines whether the message is to be eliminated if it is considered duplicated. This provides you more flexibility for controlling this behavior on each message.

Receipt Tab

Require MSH Receipt

Require the MSH receipt for the action message. This applies on the message receiving side to determine whether a receipt is to be created and sent to the message sending side.

On the message sending side, a receipt signal is sent back if this is configured by the sending MSH, so the Reception Awareness function is achieved. If the receipt is not received within a period of time, the original message can be resent. The options are as follows:

• never Do not generate receipt signal for the received action message.

• always Always generate receipt signal for the received action message.

Table 9 Two-Way Operation Type: Request/Response Action Tab (Sheet 4 of 5)

Field Description

Page 78: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

60 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

Push and Pull Transaction PropertiesIf you specify Push and Pull in Task D, you see the Push and Pull Transaction, Push Action, and Pull Action tabs when you configure the transaction in the Edit Transaction panel. A push and pull transaction can be considered a combination of a one-way push transaction and a one-way pull transaction.

Time to Wait for MSH Receipt (min.)

The length of time to wait for an MSH receipt from a trading partner. After this time expires, the action message is resent to the trading partner as many times as specified in the Maximum Number of Retries field. After the last retry attempt, and another period of Time to Wait for MSH Receipt has passed, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol sends an error to the private process.

The resending of an action messages is different from the HTTP connection retries defined in outbound HTTP transport, which is used to communicate with a trading partner. HTTP retries, if defined in the HTTP transport configuration, always perform when the initiator failed to connect to the HTTP server of the responder to send an action message. Ensure that the HTTP connection retries do not interfere with the resending of an action message. The value in this field must be greater than the value based on the formula of HTTP and HTTPS transports: Retry Interval x Retry Count.

When an action message is sent by the HTTP transport, if no response is received within the time defined in the Socket Timeout (seconds) field in the outbound HTTP transport configuration, the initiator stops the connection. This is considered as a scenario in which the resending of an action message is necessary. The value in this field must be greater than the value for HTTP and HTTPS transports socket timeout.

See HTTP, HTTPS, and HTTPSCA Transports in TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration.

Maximum Number of Retries

The number of times to retry sending the action message before receiving an MSH receipt.

Require Non-repudiation of MSH Receipt

Require the MSH receipt to be digitally signed and the receipt contains the digital digest of the received message. This applies on the message receiving side.

On the message sending side, the replied receipt signal is checked if it is signed properly, and the digital digest contained in the receipt is matched with the preserved digest of the original message for data integrity.

Table 9 Two-Way Operation Type: Request/Response Action Tab (Sheet 5 of 5)

Field Description

Page 79: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Transaction Properties | 61

An initiator uses a push action to send a request user message to the responder, and then uses a pull action to pull the response user message. The pull action is a selective pulling, because this action only pulls the response message that corresponds to the original request.

Table 10 describes each field in the Push and Pull Transaction tab.

You can override certain transaction settings when configuring protocol bindings for a business agreement. See Operation Settings Tab on page 84.

Table 10 Push and Pull Operation Type: Push and Pull Transaction Tab (Sheet 1 of 3)

Field Description

General Tab

Name The displayed name of the transaction.

Description Optional. A short description of the transaction.

Roles Tab

Initiating Role The role of the initiator in this transaction. This field is mapped to the respective Role element in the eb:PartyId/eb:From element of public user message.

Responding Role The role of the responder in this transaction. This field is mapped to the respective Role element in the eb:PartyId/eb:To element of public user message.

Service Information Tab

Service The service that acts upon this message, as defined by ebMS. This field is mapped to the Service element in the public message SOAP header.

You must specify a URI in this field if the Service Type field is empty.

Service Type The service type, as defined by ebMS. This field is mapped to the Type attribute in the Service element of public message.

You must specify a URI in the Service field if this field is empty.

Page 80: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

62 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

AgreementRef The reference of the agreement between the host and the trading partner. Such an agreement is the set of P-Mode operations that are essential for two parties in order for their MSHs to interoperate. This reference is present in the eb:CollaborationInfo/eb:AgreementRef element. In inbound messages sent from this trading partner, the eb:AgreementRef element must have the same value to be accepted and processed.

This field takes precedence over the setting on trading partners level, and you can override this value on the business agreements level.

Type The type of the AgreementRef value. If it is empty, the AgreementRef value must be a valid URI.

This field takes precedence over the setting on trading partners level, and you can override this value on the business agreements level.

P-Mode ID The identifier for the processing mode defined by this transaction. It is also called operation definition in TIBCO BusinessConnect. This is the default P-Mode ID for this P-Mode. You can override the P-Mode ID by using a special P-Mode ID agreed between you and your trading partner when configuring protocol bindings for a business agreement to identify the specific P-Mode used between you and your trading partner for guiding this particular transaction.

Note: The combination of service, service type, the request action name, and P-Mode ID is the identification of a business transaction. These values are present in user messages, which are used by the receiver to recognize which P-Mode or operation type is used to process a received user message.

Document Tab

Encrypt Document Select this check box to encrypt the outbound document. When this check box is selected, it is also required that the inbound message of this operation is encrypted.

Table 10 Push and Pull Operation Type: Push and Pull Transaction Tab (Sheet 2 of 3)

Field Description

Page 81: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Transaction Properties | 63

Table 11 describes each field in the Push Action tab.

Compress Document Selecting this check box requires that the outbound documents of this operation are compressed. When this check box is selected, the contents of each attachment in the message are compressed.

Note: This option is used only to compress attachments, not to compress messages. When a message does not include attachments, the message is not compressed even if you select this check box.

Table 10 Push and Pull Operation Type: Push and Pull Transaction Tab (Sheet 3 of 3)

Field Description

Table 11 Push and Pull Operation Type: Push Action Tab (Sheet 1 of 5)

Field Description

General Tab

Name The name of the action.

Description Optional. A description of the action.

Direction The direction of this action.

Page 82: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

64 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

ATO/SBR SAML Security Require the action message to be packaged in the way defined in SBR of the Australian government when interacting with the ATO.

If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Retrieves from a dedicated STS server, a SAML security token that contains SAML assertion is encapsulated in the message for authorization by the government agency as the message receiver.

• Signs the outbound action message including the SAML security element in the message header.

• Requires that the inbound action message of this operation is also signed with SAML security element; if it is not signed, the message is considered invalid and an error message is sent back.

Note:

• If this check box is selected, you must also select the Require Non-repudiation of Request check box, so the messages are digitally signed with SAML.

• The key used to sign the message is not from the Business Agreement and the Host configuration. The key is automatically retrieved from a specific key store conforming to SBR. The key store is configured on the Host layer.

See ATO/SBR SAML Security on page 202.

Require Non-repudiation of Request

Require the action message to be digitally signed for non-repudiation. If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Signs the outbound action message and stores the message in the non-repudiation log.

• Requires that the inbound action message of this operation is also digitally signed; if it is not signed, the message is considered invalid and an error message is sent back.

Table 11 Push and Pull Operation Type: Push Action Tab (Sheet 2 of 5)

Field Description

Page 83: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Transaction Properties | 65

Require UsernameToken Authentication of Request

Require the action message to contain the WSS:UsernameToken element for authentication. If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Sends the outbound action message with WSS:UsernameToken where the user name and password are provided by the private process (the message producer).

• Requires that the inbound message of the same operation also carries the WSS:UsernameToken element to be used for inbound message authentication. If the inbound message does not have the WSS:UsernameToken element, the message is rejected with an error message being sent to the trading partner.

Receipt Reply Pattern The mode in which the receipt signals are to be replied. The options are as follows:

• callback The MSH receipt signals are sent back in a separate transport channel, which is also called asynchronous mode. The original transport channel is closed after the message is received by the receiving server.

• response The MSH receipt signals are sent back through the back channel of the original transport, which is also called synchronous mode.

See Receipt Reply Pattern on page 24.

Table 11 Push and Pull Operation Type: Push Action Tab (Sheet 3 of 5)

Field Description

Page 84: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

66 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

Eliminate Duplicate Message

Messages that are considered duplicated are eliminated. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol keeps the record of recent sent and received messages in database table. A message is considered duplicated if its message ID matches one of the messages in record. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol checks the messages received from private processes on the sending side, or the messages received from trading partners on the receiving side for duplications. The options are as follows:

• never Do not eliminate duplicate messages. If this option is selected, messages that are found to be duplicated are not eliminated. This applies to both the messages received from private processes on the outbound side, or the messages received from trading partners on the inbound side.

• always Always eliminate duplicate messages. If this option is selected, the messages that are found to be duplicated are eliminated, and the messages cannot be sent out, or delivered to its destination. This applies to both the inbound and outbound side.

• perMessage This only applies to the outbound side. Once it is selected, the dupElimination property in the messages sent from private processes determines whether the message is to be eliminated if it is considered duplicated. This provides you more flexibility for controlling this behavior on each message.

Receipt Tab

Require MSH Receipt Require the MSH receipt for the action message. This applies on the message receiving side to determine whether a receipt is to be created and sent to the message sending side.

On the message sending side, a receipt signal is sent back if this is configured by the sending MSH, so the Reception Awareness function is achieved. If the receipt is not received within a period of time, the original message can be resent. The options are as follows:

• never Do not generate receipt signal for the received action message.

• always Always generate receipt signal for the received action message.

Table 11 Push and Pull Operation Type: Push Action Tab (Sheet 4 of 5)

Field Description

Page 85: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Transaction Properties | 67

Table 12 describes each field in the Pull Action tab.

Time to Wait for MSH Receipt (min.)

The length of time to wait for an MSH receipt from a trading partner. After this time expires, the action message is resent to the trading partner as many times as specified in the Maximum Number of Retries field. After the last retry attempt, and another period of Time to Wait for MSH Receipt has passed, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol sends an error to the private process.

The resending of an action messages is different from the HTTP connection retries defined in outbound HTTP transport, which is used to communicate with a trading partner. HTTP retries, if defined in the HTTP transport configuration, always perform when the initiator failed to connect to the HTTP server of the responder to send an action message. Ensure that the HTTP connection retries do not interfere with the resending of an action message. The value in this field must be greater than the value based on the formula of HTTP and HTTPS transports: Retry Interval x Retry Count.

When an action message is sent by the HTTP transport, if no response is received within the time defined in the Socket Timeout (seconds) field in the outbound HTTP transport configuration, the initiator stops the connection. This is considered as a scenario in which the resending of an action message is necessary. The value in this field must be greater than the value for HTTP and HTTPS transports socket timeout.

See HTTP, HTTPS, and HTTPSCA Transports in TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration.

Maximum Number of Retries

The number of times to retry sending the action message before receiving an MSH receipt.

Require Non-repudiation of MSH Receipt

Require the MSH receipt to be digitally signed and the receipt contains the digital digest of the received message. This applies on the message receiving side.

On the message sending side, the replied receipt signal is checked if it is signed properly, and the digital digest contained in the receipt is matched with the preserved digest of the original message for data integrity.

Table 11 Push and Pull Operation Type: Push Action Tab (Sheet 5 of 5)

Field Description

Page 86: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

68 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

Table 12 Push and Pull Operation Type: Pull Action Tab (Sheet 1 of 5)

Field Description

General Tab

Name The name of the action.

Description Optional. A description of the action.

Direction The direction of this action.

Pull Request Tab

ATO/SBR SAML Security Require the action message to be packaged in the way defined in SBR of the Australian government when interacting with the ATO.

If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Retrieves from a dedicated STS server, a SAML security token that contains SAML assertion is encapsulated in the message for authorization by the government agency as the message receiver.

• Signs the outbound action message including the SAML security element in the message header.

• Requires that the inbound action message of this operation is also signed with SAML security element; if it is not signed, the message is considered invalid and an error message is sent back.

Note:

• If this check box is selected, you must also select the Require Non-repudiation of Request check box, so the messages are digitally signed with SAML.

• The key used to sign the message is not from the Business Agreement and the Host configuration. The key is automatically retrieved from a specific key store conforming to SBR. The key store is configured on the Host layer.

See ATO/SBR SAML Security on page 202.

Page 87: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Transaction Properties | 69

Require Non-repudiation of Request

Require the action message to be digitally signed for non-repudiation. If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Signs the outbound action message and stores the message in the non-repudiation log.

• Requires that the inbound action message of this operation is also digitally signed; if it is not signed, the message is considered invalid and an error message is sent back.

Require UsernameToken Authentication of Request

Require the action message to contain the WSS:UsernameToken element for authentication. If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Sends the outbound action message with WSS:UsernameToken where the user name and password are provided by the private process (the message producer).

• Requires that the inbound message of the same operation also carries the WSS:UsernameToken element to be used for inbound message authentication. If the inbound message does not have the WSS:UsernameToken element, the message is rejected with an error message being sent to the trading partner.

Message Partition Channel The URI that identifies the message partitioning channel to which the message is assigned. This can be present to both a push message and a message to be pulled.

Note: For a pull request by an initiator, if a value is provided by a TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks private process, and another value is also configured in this field in TIBCO Administrator, TIBCO BusinessConnect uses the value in the private process.

Table 12 Push and Pull Operation Type: Pull Action Tab (Sheet 2 of 5)

Field Description

Page 88: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

70 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

Initial Polling Interval (sec.) (Polling Interval Doubled for each Subsequent Poll)

Specify the initial polling interval of the pull request.

This polling interval doubles each time for the subsequent pull. The default value is 15. For example, if you use the default value 15, the first polling starts after 15 seconds, and then the next polling starts after 30 seconds.

Note:

• If the initiator does not require an MSH receipt of the push message, counting starts after the initiator sends a push message to a trading partner.

• If the initiator requires an MSH receipt, counting starts after the initiator received the MSH receipt of the push message.

Maximum Polling Interval (sec.)

The maximum polling interval. The polling interval doubles each time for the subsequent pull; however, polling interval stops to increase after it reaches this maximum number.

The default value is 120.

Maximum Polling Times The number of times to retry pulling a user message from a trading partner.

The default value is 3.

Service Endpoint URL for Pull Request

The service URL used as the outbound HTTP or HTTPS transport URL. The value in this field can override the URL configured in the outbound HTTP or HTTPS transport of your trading partner.

If you do not provide a value in this field, the default HTTP or HTTPS transport URL of your trading partner is used.

Pull Response Tab

Table 12 Push and Pull Operation Type: Pull Action Tab (Sheet 3 of 5)

Field Description

Page 89: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Transaction Properties | 71

ATO/SBR SAML Security Require the action message to be packaged in the way defined in SBR of the Australian government when interacting with the ATO.

If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Retrieves from a dedicated STS server, a SAML security token that contains SAML assertion is encapsulated in the message for authorization by the government agency as the message receiver.

• Signs the outbound action message including the SAML security element in the message header.

• Requires that the inbound action message of this operation is also signed with SAML security element; if it is not signed, the message is considered invalid and an error message is sent back.

Note:

• If this check box is selected, you must also select the Require Non-repudiation of Request check box, so the messages are digitally signed with SAML.

• The key used to sign the message is not from the Business Agreement and the Host configuration. The key is automatically retrieved from a specific key store conforming to SBR. The key store is configured on the Host layer.

See ATO/SBR SAML Security on page 202.

Require Non-repudiation of Response

Require the action message to be digitally signed for non-repudiation. If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Signs the outbound action message and stores the message in the non-repudiation log.

• Requires that the inbound action message of this operation is also digital signed; if it is not signed, the message is considered invalid and an error message is sent back.

Table 12 Push and Pull Operation Type: Pull Action Tab (Sheet 4 of 5)

Field Description

Page 90: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

72 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

Require UsernameToken Authentication of Response

Require the action message to contain the WSS:UsernameToken element for authentication. If this check box is selected, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol works as follows:

• Sends the outbound action message with WSS:UsernameToken where the user name and password are provided by the private process (the message producer).

• Requires that the inbound message of the same operation also carries the WSS:UsernameToken element to be used for inbound message authentication. If the inbound message does not have the WSS:UsernameToken element, the message is rejected with an error message being sent to the trading partner.

Max. Private Process Response Wait Time (min.)

The maximum of length time to wait for the response message from a private process, counting from the time the action message is sent to the private process. If this time expires, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol sends an MSH error to the trading partner.

Table 12 Push and Pull Operation Type: Pull Action Tab (Sheet 5 of 5)

Field Description

Page 91: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Exporting Transactions | 73

Exporting Transactions

You can export all the ebMS3 transaction configurations in the Operations Editor panel. You can also export a subset of the transactions: by individual transaction (Export Transaction), by version container (Export Version), by business process container (Export Business Process), or by organization container (Export Organization).

Follow these instructions to export ebMS3 transactions:

1. In TIBCO Administrator, expand BusinessConnect > Operations Editor in the left panel.

2. To export all ebMS3 transactions in the Operations Editor panel:

a. Select ebMS3.

b. Click Export.

c. Click Export Data.

Alternatively, to export a subset of the ebMS3 transactions:

d. Select the organization, business process, version, or transaction you want to export.

e. Click Export Organization, Export Business Process, Export Version, or Export Transaction, depending on what you selected in the previous step.

You can now see the File Download dialog with operations.csx as the suggested filename.

3. Click Save in the File Download dialog.

4. Change to a desired filename and click Save.

Page 92: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

74 | Chapter 4 Managing ebMS3 Operation Definitions

Importing Transactions

Follow these instructions to import ebMS3 transactions in the Operations Editor:

1. In TIBCO Administrator, expand BusinessConnect > Operations Editor in the left panel.

2. Click Import in the right panel.

3. Click the Change link.

4. Click Browse.

5. Locate the exported .csx file and click Open.

6. Click OK.

7. Click Import.

8. Click Done.

Page 93: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

| 75

Chapter 5 Setting Up Trading Hosts and Partners

This chapter explains how to set up trading hosts and partners in TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

Topics

• Configuring ebMS3/AS4 Standard for Trading Hosts, page 76

• Configuring ebMS3/AS4 Standard for Trading Partners, page 78

Page 94: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

76 | Chapter 5 Setting Up Trading Hosts and Partners

Configuring ebMS3/AS4 Standard for Trading Hosts

This section explains how to configure the ebMS3/AS4 Standard for a trading host in the BusinessConnect console in TIBCO Administrator. It assumes that you have already set up a host participant in the Participants panel. See TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration for detailed information on setting up a trading host.

Follow these instructions to configure the ebXML protocol for a trading host:

1. In TIBCO Administrator, expand BusinessConnect > Participants in the left panel.

2. Click the name of a host participant in the right panel.

3. Click the Protocols tab.

4. Click the ebMS3 link.

5. Configure the following tabs in the Edit Enabled Protocol: ebMS3 panel:

— General Tab See Table 13 for detailed information on configuring this tab.

— SAML Tab See Table 40 for detailed information on configuring this tab.Note: Configure this tab only when you use the ATO/SBR SAML security.

6. Click Save. Click Save again.

General TabUse the General tab to manage general information for the ebMS3 trading host.

Table 13 Trading Host General Properties

Field Description

Default Domain Identity The default domain identity to use for this host. Select from the list of domain-identity pairs you created in the Domain Identities dialog. See Adding Domain Identities on page 77 to add or edit a domain identity. This domain and identity are present in the eb:PartyInfo/eb:From/eb:PartyId element on outbound message sent to trading partners, or in the eb:PartyInfo/eb:To/eb:PartyId element in inbound message received from trading partners.

Valid Email Address List Currently not used.

Page 95: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Configuring ebMS3/AS4 Standard for Trading Hosts | 77

Adding Domain Identities

You must configure at least one domain-identity pair for your host participant. The domain value in the domain-identity pair corresponds to the type attribute of the PartyId element of public message, and the identity value corresponds to the PartyId element itself.

Follow these instructions to add a domain-identity pair for the ebXML protocol:

1. In the Edit Enabled Protocol window, click the Add New link to the right of the Default Domain Identity list.

2. In the Domain Identity List window, click Add New.

3. Select a domain from the Domain list. This is mapped to the domain string in the host domain-identity pair. If the domain you want to use does not exist, see Domains on page 37 for instructions on adding domains.

4. Type the identity of the host participant in the Identity field.

5. Click Save.

SAML TabUse the SAML tab to use and manage ATO/SBR SAML security for the ebMS3 trading host. See Table 40.

If the domain you specify is URI, you must specify a valid URI in the Identity field, for example, urn:123456789. However, the domain URI normally does not have to be present in outbound or inbound messages, as this is the default party ID type for ebMS3 standard. For example, if URI is used as the domain type of the trading partner, in outbound messages sent to trading partners, the domain URI is not present as the eb:PartyInfo/eb:To/eb:PartyId/@type attribute; similarly, in an inbound message if the eb:PartyInfo/eb:From/ebPartyId/@type attribute is absent, the URI is considered the domain type.

Page 96: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

78 | Chapter 5 Setting Up Trading Hosts and Partners

Configuring ebMS3/AS4 Standard for Trading Partners

This section explains how to configure the ebMS3/AS4 Standard protocol for a trading partner in TIBCO BusinessConnect. It assumes that you have already set up a partner participant in the Participants panel. See TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration for detailed information on setting up a trading partner.

Follow these instructions to configure the ebMS3/AS4 Standard for a trading partner:

1. In TIBCO Administrator, expand BusinessConnect > Participants in the left panel.

2. Click the name of a partner participant in the right panel.

3. Click the Protocols tab.

4. If ebMS3 is not displayed in the list of protocols:

a. Click Enable.

b. Select the ebMS3 check box.

c. Click OK.

5. Click the ebMS3 link.

6. Configure each of the following tabs in the Edit Enabled Protocol: ebMS3 panel:

— General Tab See General Tab on page 79 for detailed information on configuring this tab.

— Transports Tab See Transports Tab on page 80 for detailed information on configuring transports.

7. Click Save. Click Save again.

Page 97: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Configuring ebMS3/AS4 Standard for Trading Partners | 79

General TabUse the General tab to manage general information for the ebMS3 trading partner.

Adding Domain Identities

You must configure at least one domain-identity pair for your partner participant. The domain value in the domain-identity pair corresponds to the type attribute of the PartyId element of public message, and the identity value corresponds to the PartyId element itself.

Follow these instructions to add a domain-identity pair for the ebXML protocol:

Table 14 Trading Partner General Properties

Field Description

Default Domain Identity The default domain identity to use for this partner. Select from the list of domain identities created in the Domain Identity dialog. See Adding Domain Identities on page 79 to add or edit a domain identity. This domain and identity are present in the eb:PartyInfo/eb:To/eb:PartyId element on outbound message sent to trading partners, or in the eb:PartyInfo/eb:From/eb:PartyId element in inbound message received from trading partners.

Valid Email Address List Currently not used.

Agreement Reference

AgreementRef The reference of the agreement between the host and this particular trading partner. Such an agreement is the set of P-Mode operations that are essential for two parties in order for their MSHs to interoperate. This reference is present in the eb:CollaborationInfo/eb:AgreementRef element. In inbound messages sent from this trading partner, the eb:AgreementRef must have the same value to be accepted and processed.

Note: If you type NULL in this field, this parameter is ignored, and no AgreementRef element is contained in the outgoing ebMS3 message.

Type The type of the AgreementRef value. If it is empty, the AgreementRef value must be a valid URI.

Note: If you type NULL in this field, this parameter is ignored.

Page 98: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

80 | Chapter 5 Setting Up Trading Hosts and Partners

1. In the Edit Enabled Protocol window, click the Add New link to the right of the Default Domain Identity list.

2. In the Domain Identity List window, click Add New.

3. Select a domain from the Domain list. This is mapped to the domain string in the partner domain-identity pair. If the domain you want to use does not exist, see Domains on page 37 for instructions on adding domains.

4. Type the identity of the partner participant in the Identity field.

5. Click Save.

Transports TabUse the Transports tab to configure outbound transport settings for sending ebXML messages to this trading partner. To add an outbound transport, click Add in the Transports tab. The following transports can be used with TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol:

• HTTPS, including HTTPSCA

• HTTP

The steps required for configuring transports are the same for all protocols. See the transports chapters in TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration for detailed instructions.

If the domain you specify is URI, you must specify a valid URI in the Identity field, for example, urn:123456789. However, the domain URI normally does not have to be present in outbound or inbound messages, as this is the default party ID type for ebMS3 standard. For example, if URI is used as the domain type of the trading partner, in outbound messages sent to trading partners, the domain URI is not present as the eb:PartyInfo/eb:To/eb:PartyId/@type attribute; similarly, in an inbound message if the eb:PartyInfo/eb:From/ebPartyId/@type attribute is absent, the URI is considered the domain type.

Page 99: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

| 81

Chapter 6 Configuring Agreement Protocol Bindings

This chapter describes setting up business agreements to use TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

Topics

• Configuring Business Agreements with ebMS3 Protocol ebMS3/AS4 Standard, page 82

• Configuring Operation Bindings, page 83

• Setting Document Security Properties, page 86

• Configuring Transports, page 88

• Overriding Participant Settings, page 90

Page 100: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

82 | Chapter 6 Configuring Agreement Protocol Bindings

Configuring Business Agreements with ebMS3 Protocol ebMS3/AS4

Standard

Follow these instructions to configure a business agreement with the ebMS3 protocol binding:

1. In TIBCO Administrator, expand BusinessConnect > Business Agreements in the left panel.

2. Click a business agreement link in the right panel.

3. Click Add Protocol Bindings.

4. Select ebMS3.

5. Click OK.

6. Click the ebMS3 link to open the Edit Protocol Bindings: ebMS3 panel.

7. Configure each of the following tabs:

— Operation Bindings See Configuring Operation Bindings on page 83.

— Document Security Setting Document Security Properties on page 86.

— Transports See Configuring Transports on page 88.

— Participant Configurations (Override) See Overriding Participant Settings on page 90.

8. Click Save. Click Save again.

Page 101: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Configuring Operation Bindings | 83

Configuring Operation Bindings

Use the Operation Bindings tab to configure the ebMS3 transactions that each party in a business agreement can initiate and respond to. The following properties apply to all transactions in the Operations Editor:

• Allow All Operations All transactions configured in the Operations Editor between participants can be used. If you select this option, you can still modify the behavior of one or more transactions by binding the transactions in the Host X Can Initiate and Partner Y Can Initiate areas.

If you do not select this option, you must explicitly bind each transaction for each party in the Host X Can Initiate and Partner Y Can Initiate areas.

• Non Repudiation Logging Log transactions in the non-repudiation log, including all action messages and signal messages.

Binding OperationsThe Host X Can Initiate area where X is the host participant in the business agreement lists the operations that the host can initiate in this agreement. The Partner Y Can Initiate area where Y is the partner participant in the business agreement lists the operations that the partner can initiate.

Follow these instructions to bind operations:

1. Click Add Operation Binding.

2. Click the icon to expand the browser tree.

3. Select the ebMS3 transactions you want to bind.

4. Click OK.

Editing Operation BindingsFollow these instructions to edit an ebMS3 operation binding:

1. Click the name of an operation in the Host X Can Initiate area or Partner Y Can Initiate area.

Page 102: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

84 | Chapter 6 Configuring Agreement Protocol Bindings

2. Configure this particular operation binding in the following tabs:

— Operation Settings Override the default settings for this transaction. See Operation Settings Tab on page 84.

— Action Settings Override settings chosen in Action Settings Tab on page 85.

— Transports Override the default transport settings for this transaction. See Transports Tab on page 85.

3. Click Save.

Operation Settings TabYou can override the default operation settings in the Operations Editor panel. See Adding Transactions on page 42 for information on configuring the default settings of a transaction in the Operations Editor.

Follow these instructions to override the default operation settings:

1. Select the Override Operation Settings check box at the top.

2. Select one of the following items from the list to override operation settings for this transaction:

— Roles Selecting this item to override the fields in the Roles tab for this transaction in the Operations Editor panel. See the Roles section in Table 3 on page 43 for a description of each field.

— Service Information Selecting this item to override the P-Mode ID field in the Service Information tab for this transaction in the Operations Editor panel. The P-Mode ID you provide here identifies the specific settings in this operation binding, and overrides the default P-Mode ID configured for this transaction in operation editor. The service and type values cannot be overridden. See the Service Information section in Table 3 on page 43 for a description of the P-Mode ID field.

— Document Selecting this item to override the fields in the Document tab for this transaction in the Operations Editor panel. See the Document section in Table 3 on page 43 for a description of each field.

Page 103: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Configuring Operation Bindings | 85

Action Settings TabYou can also override the default settings of a specific action. You can find the default action settings of a transaction in the Operations Editor.

Follow these instructions to override action settings:

1. Click the Action Settings tab.

2. Select the Override Action Settings check box.

3. Select one of the following items from the list to override operation settings for this transaction:

— General Selecting this item to override the fields in the General tab for this action in the Operations Editor panel.

— Receipt Selecting this item to override the fields in the Receipt tab for this action in the Operations Editor panel.

Transports TabAfter you define transport settings for a business agreement (see Configuring Transports on page 88), you can override the transport settings for a specific transaction.

Follow these instructions to override outbound transport settings:

1. Click the Transports tab.

2. Select the Override Transports check box.

3. Select the transport you want to use from the Primary Transport list.

Operations you select in the Host X Can Initiate area can only have their Request Action tab settings overridden, while operations you select in the Partner Y Can Initiate area can only have their Response Action tab settings overridden.

Page 104: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

86 | Chapter 6 Configuring Agreement Protocol Bindings

Setting Document Security Properties

You can use the Document Security tab to specify security information for the transacted ebXML documents between the participants in this business agreement. The keys and certificates selected in the tab are configured in the Credentials tab of a participant. See TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration for information on configuring participant credentials.

Follow the instructions in Configuring Business Agreements with ebMS3 Protocol ebMS3/AS4 Standard on page 82 to get to the Document Security tab. See Table 15 to configure the document security properties.

Table 15 Document Security Properties

Field Description

Outbound Doc Exchange

Signing Key The private key of the selected host. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol uses this key to sign outbound documents in this business agreement.

You must have already installed a private key for this host during participant configuration. See TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration for more information on installing private keys for host participants.

Note: In special cases, the key is automatically retrieved from a specific key store conforming to SBR. The key store is configured on the Host layer.

Digest Algorithm This list has multiple digest algorithm options, among them either SHA1 or SHA256 can be selected for the digest algorithm used by the digital signature of ebMS3/AS4 Standard.

Encryption Certificate

The public certificate of the selected partner. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol uses this certificate to encrypt outbound messages in this business agreement.

You must have already installed a certificate for this partner during participant configuration. See TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration for more information on installing certificates for partner participants.

Encryption Algorithm

The algorithm used to encrypt documents. The available options are DES3, RC2-40, RC2-128, AES-128, AES-192, AES-256 among which the RC2-40 and RC2-128 are not supported for encryption of ebMS3/AS4 standard.

Page 105: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Setting Document Security Properties | 87

Inbound Doc Exchange

Verification Certificate

The public key of the selected partner. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol uses this key to verify the signed inbound documents in this business agreement.

You must have already installed a certificate for this partner during participant configuration. See TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration for more information on installing certificates for partner participants.

Decryption Key The private key of the selected host. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol uses this key to decrypt inbound messages in this business agreement.

You must have already installed a private key for this host during participant configuration. See TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration for more information on installing private keys for host participants.

Table 15 Document Security Properties (Cont’d)

Field Description

Page 106: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

88 | Chapter 6 Configuring Agreement Protocol Bindings

Configuring Transports

You must specify which transports for the host and the partner in a business agreement of the ebXML protocol binding.

Follow the instructions in Configuring Business Agreements with ebMS3 Protocol ebMS3/AS4 Standard on page 82 to get to the Transports tab, and read this section for more information on how to configure in this tab.

Outbound Transports for HostYou can use this area of the Transports tab to assign a transport for sending business transaction messages to this trading partner. The transport methods are configured as a part of the partner configuration: BusinessConnect > Participants > Name > Protocols > ebMS3 > Transports.

See TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration for detailed information about configuring transports.

Table 16 lists and describes the options available for transport assignment with ebMS3.

Allowed Inbound Transports for PartnerYou can use this area of the Transports tab to specify which transport types your partner can use to send ebMS3 messages to your BusinessConnect implementation. The transport types available for selection here reflect the transports configured for this BusinessConnect deployment. Transports for the deployment are configured in the BusinessConnect console of TIBCO Administrator: BusinessConnect > System Settings > Inbound Public Transport Types.

Table 16 Outbound Transports for Host

Field Description

Primary Transport The transport to choose for sending outbound messages among the multiple outbound transports you might have defined for this trading partner.

Client Authentication Identity for HTTPS, FTPS, HTTPSCA

The key identity used when the remote server requires client authentication for an HTTPS connection.

Page 107: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Configuring Transports | 89

See TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration for detailed information on configuring transports in the Inbound Public Transport Types panel.

Depending on your deployment configuration, the following transports can be available for selection:

Overriding Outbound Transport SettingsThe selected outbound transaction is the default transport of this Business Agreement. However, you can override this with another transport for a particular operation.

Follow these instructions to override the outbound transport settings:

1. In the Edit Protocol Bindings: ebMS3 panel, click the Operation Bindings tab.

2. Click an operation in the Host X Can Initiate or Partner Y Can Initiate area.

3. Continue by following the instructions in Transports Tab on page 85.

Table 17 Inbound Transport Fields

Field Description

HTTPSCA Client Authentication can be used when you select HTTPS as the inbound transport.

HTTPS HTTPS connections can be used from this partner directly.

HTTP HTTP connections can be used from this partner directly.

Page 108: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

90 | Chapter 6 Configuring Agreement Protocol Bindings

Overriding Participant Settings

Two additional hidden tabs are in the Edit Protocol Bindings: you can use ebMS3 panel to override general protocol settings of each participant, which are configured in the General tab of the participant ebMS3 protocol configuration panel. See Configuring ebMS3/AS4 Standard for Trading Hosts on page 76 and Configuring ebMS3/AS4 Standard for Trading Partners on page 78 for information on configuring these default settings.

Follow these instructions to override the participant settings for a business agreement:

1. Follow the instructions in Configuring Business Agreements with ebMS3 Protocol ebMS3/AS4 Standard on page 82 to get to the Edit Protocol Bindings: ebMS3 panel.

2. Click Show Advanced in the upper-right corner.

Two configuration tabs are displayed, one for each participant in this business agreement.

3. Click the configuration tab for the desired participant.

4. Select the Override Settings check box.

5. Configure the settings in this tab. See Table 13 on page 76 for a host or Table 14 on page 79 for a partner.

6. Click Save. Click Save again.

Page 109: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

| 91

Chapter 7 Private Processes

This chapter describes the interaction between TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol and its private processes and provides specifications for private process messages.

Topics

• Configuring Private Processes, page 92

• Private Process Message Formats, page 94

• Configuring Private Processes with TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks, page 123

Page 110: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

92 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

Configuring Private Processes

TIBCO BusinessConnect Private Processes are enterprise back-office system or connections to the back-office system. They can be implemented by technology or any language, with the only requirement that they use TIBCO Rendezvous or JMS transport to communicate with TIBCO BusinessConnect Interior Servers with certain format. They can also leverage TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks to implement the private processes.

• Standalone Standalone private processes are implemented by any technology or language, which directly use Rendezvous or JMS to communicate with BusinessConnect.

• TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks You can also use TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks to implement the private processes, which leverage BusinessConnect palette that work inside TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks to communicate with BusinessConnect. You can also use TIBCO Designer or TIBCO Business Studio to test your private processes in debug mode.

Standalone Private ProcessesIf you want to design standalone private processes for use with TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol, you must understand Rendezvous or JMS message exchange. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol uses TIBCO ActiveExchange™ messages to exchange ebMS3 messages with the private processes. See Private Process Message Formats on page 94 for formatting information of ebMS3 messages.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks ProcessesThe BusinessConnect palette, which is installed into TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks during the TIBCO BusinessConnect Palette or TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Plug-in for BusinessConnect installation, encapsulates the message exchange configurations. You can also use a variety of TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks palettes to define elaborate private processes to suit the needs of your business transactions.

See Configuring Private Processes with TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks on page 123 for more information on using TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks private processes.

Page 111: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Configuring Private Processes | 93

See Chapter 9, Tutorial, on page 137 for a tutorial on configuring TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks private processes to send and receive messages with TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

Page 112: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

94 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

Private Process Message Formats

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol uses ActiveExchange™ messages to exchange ebMS3 messages with private processes through TIBCO Rendezvous or JMS. This section describes the ebXML-specific data classes that are used in the messages. You must format messages and include all required information as prescribed by the respective data classes before they are sent from private processes. By using TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks and leveraging BusinessConnect palettes that work with TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks, the message formatting is automatic.

For TIBCO Rendezvous transport, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol uses aeRvMsg messages to communicate with private processes, transmitting message data in the ^data^ control tag of the aeRvMsg messages. For JMS transport, it transmits message data in the message body of JMS ObjectMessage messages. See the Private Processes section in TIBCO BusinessConnect Concepts.

Go to one of the sections for formatting details of the ebMS3 message type:

• Outbound Request Format, page 95

• Request Acknowledgment Format, page 101

• Inbound Response Format, page 103

• Inbound Request Format, page 106

• Outbound Response Format, page 110

• Response Acknowledgment Format, page 113

• Advisory Signal Message Format, page 115

• Error Message Format, page 118

Data Types and Data Fields

See the following sections for formats of specific message fields and other data objects:

• Additional Data Classes, page 121

The JMS topics and queues that TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol uses do not contain the protocol name. You must make sure that the JMSType attribute in the header element contains the string "ebMS3" when exchanging JMS messages with TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

Page 113: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Private Process Message Formats | 95

Outbound Request FormatThe initiator private process uses the following message class to send outbound request messages to TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

Class ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest

Subject name prefix.installation.ebMS3.INITIATOR.REQUEST (Rendezvous)

Example: AX.BC.ACME_SERVER.ebMS3.INITIATOR.REQUEST

prefix.installation.INITIATOR.REQUEST (JMS queue)

Message fields See Table 18 for description of each message field.

BCInitiator

BCResponder

Initiator Request

InternetInitiator Private Process

Responder Private Process

Table 18 ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest Message Fields (Sheet 1 of 6)

Field Type Required Description

standardID String Yes The string "ebMS3".

Page 114: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

96 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

hostDomain String No The domain name of the trading host, which is actually the PartyID Type of the host in ebMS3 transactions. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol uses the hostDomain field and the hostID field as follows:

• If hostDomain and hostID together match a domain-identity pair of a trading host, and then that host is used along with the matching domain-identity pair.

• If only hostDomain is specified, and then the first domain-identity pair of any trading host that has a matching domain value is used.

• If neither hostDomain nor hostID is specified, or if a match cannot be found for any host in the configuration store, and then the default domain identity of the default trading host is used.

hostID String No The identity value of the trading host domain-identity pair, which is actually the PartyID of the host in ebMS3 transactions. See the description for hostDomain on how this field is used.

tpName String Yes The name of the trading partner in this transaction, as defined in the Participants panel in the BusinessConnect console.

tpDomain String No The domain name of the trading partner, which is actually the PartyID Type of the trading partner in ebMS3 transactions. Specify a domain here if you want to use a domain identity other than the one configured in the Default Domain Identity field of the trading partner Participants panel.

Table 18 ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest Message Fields (Sheet 2 of 6)

Field Type Required Description

Page 115: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Private Process Message Formats | 97

operationID String No The identifier for the transaction defined in ebMS3 operation definitions in the configuration store. For example: rosettanet.org/3A4/2.0/Request Purchase

Order.

This field is ignored when values are in all of the following fields:

• organization

• businessProcess

• businessProcessVersion

• transactionName.

organization String No The organization name for the transaction. For example: rosettanet.org.

When a value is in this field, there must be values in the businessProcess, businessProcessVersion, and transactionName fields. When this combination does not exist, the operationID field is used.

businessProcess String No The name of the business process as defined by the organization you use. For example: 3A4.

When a value is in this field, there must be values in the organization, businessProcessVersion, and transactionName fields. When this combination does not exist, the operationID field is used.

businessProcessVersion

String No The business process version. For example: 2.0.

When a value is in this field, there must be values in the organization, businessProcess, and transactionName fields. When this combination does not exist, the operationID field is used.

Table 18 ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest Message Fields (Sheet 3 of 6)

Field Type Required Description

Page 116: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

98 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

transactionName String No The name of the transaction. For example: Request Purchage Order.

When a value is in this field, there must be values in the organization, businessProcess, and businessProcessVersion fields. When this combination does not exist, the operationID field is used.

request String Yes The request payload, which is usually an XML string. In the ebMS3 outbound request message, this is the content of the SOAP body.

Note: Text-based payloads and attachments must be encoded in UTF-8. In BusinessConnect palette, the body field is used to specify the content of the request field. This field is ignored when the requestFile field is not empty.

requestFile String No The file reference of the payload content. This can be used to send large payload.

Note: This field takes precedence over the request field.

MessageProperties

N/A No Specific message properties that can be used for handling the messages efficiently.

The property names must be agreed by trading partners.

PayloadInfo N/A No Information of the payload of the request message. This is the payload to be sent in the SOAP body.

See PayloadInfo on page 199 for more information about the sub-fields.

attachment sequence of ebMS3/Info/

Attachment

No A sequence of attachments. Each of the attachments is sent out in one of the SOAP Attachments in the public message.

See Table 26 on page 121 for formatting information.

Table 18 ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest Message Fields (Sheet 4 of 6)

Field Type Required Description

Page 117: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Private Process Message Formats | 99

conversationID String No A unique identifier unique to this conversation. If you do not supply a value here, it is automatically generated for the public message.

messageID String No A unique identifier for the outbound ebMS3 message. It must conform to the format described in RFC 2822. Otherwise, your trading partner cannot process the message properly.

If you do not supply a value here, it is automatically generated by BusinessConnect Server for the public message.

toBePulled Boolean No Set this field to be true only when the message is not intended to be sent out directly, but rather be stored in Store-and-Forward, to be pulled by the trading partner.

mpc String No The URI that identifies the message partitioning channel to which the message is assigned. This value can be present to both a push message and a message to be pulled depending on the true or false value in the toBePulled field. This value can be also used for a pull request, where it is used to indicate from which message partitioning channel the message is pulled.

RefToMessageID String No The message ID of a previous message that this current message is related to. This property is typically used when the current message is a response message to a previous request message. This property can also be used for a selective pull request that pulls the user message with the same RefToMessageID value.

authorizationToken

N/A No Include user name and password information that is used for pull request authorization. For a pull request message, both the user name and password must be specified. For a message to be stored in Store-and-Forward, only the user name must be specified. For a message to be pushed out directly, this is not a required field.

Table 18 ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest Message Fields (Sheet 5 of 6)

Field Type Required Description

Page 118: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

100 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

authenticationToken

N/A No Include user name and password information that is used for WSS UsernameToken authentication, which is an alternative other than the WSS signature authentication. This can be used for all types of messages.

dupElimination Boolean No Request that the duplicate message sent by the private process is eliminated by the BusinessConnect outbound process.

closure String No A unique string for TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to keep track of this transaction. It is copied to all response messages of this request.

If you do not supply a value here, it is automatically generated by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

trackingID String No An identifier that the private process can keep track of messages that are otherwise related to each other. It is copied to all response messages to this request.

Contrary to the closure and conversationID fields, there is no requirement on the value of this field, nor is it used to process public messages.

Table 18 ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest Message Fields (Sheet 6 of 6)

Field Type Required Description

Page 119: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Private Process Message Formats | 101

Request Acknowledgment FormatTIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol uses the following message class to indicate to the private process whether the request is sent to the trading partner successfully.

Class ae/ebMS3/InitiatorAck

Subject prefix.installation.ebMS3.INITIATOR.ACK (Rendezvous)

Example: AX.BC.ACME_SERVER.ebMS3.INITIATOR.ACK

prefix.installation.INITIATOR.ACK (JMS queue)

Message fields See Table 19 for description of each message field.

BCInitiator

BCResponder

InternetInitiator Private Process

Responder Private Process

Initiator Ack

Table 19 ae/ebMS3/InitiatorAck Message Fields

Field Type Required Description

standardID String Yes The string "ebMS3".

tpName String Yes The name of the trading partner, as specified in the tpName field in the corresponding ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest message.

tradingPartner tradingpartner

Yes The trading partner. See Table 27 on page 122 for formatting information.

host tradingpartner

Yes The trading host. See Table 27 on page 122 for formatting information.

operationID String Yes The identifier of the operation. For example: rosettanet.org/3A4/2.0/Request Purchase

Order.

organization String Yes The organization name for the transaction.

businessProcess String Yes The name of the business process for the transaction.

Page 120: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

102 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

businessProcessVersion

String Yes The business process version for the transaction.

transactionName String Yes The name of the transaction.

agreementRef String No The value of the AgreementRef element in the ebMS3 Messaging header of the public message. This is configured in the AgreementRef field of the Participants panel for the trading partner. See Chapter 5, Setting Up Trading Hosts and Partners, on page 75.

conversationID String Yes The value of the ConversationId element in the ebMS3 messaging header of the public message.

messageID String Yes The value of the MessageData/MessageId element in the ebMS3 messaging header of the public message.

closure String No A unique string for TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to keep track of this transaction. It is either generated by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol or copied from the closure field in the corresponding ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest message.

trackingID String No The value of the trackingID field in the corresponding ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest message, which can be used by the private process to keep track of messages that are related to each other.

Table 19 ae/ebMS3/InitiatorAck Message Fields (Cont’d)

Field Type Required Description

Page 121: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Private Process Message Formats | 103

Inbound Response FormatTIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol uses the following message class to forward inbound response messages to the initiator private process. This is in the scenario of a two-way transaction, where the response is replied by the responder in the second leg of the two-way transaction.

Class ae/ebMS3/InitiatorResponse

Subject prefix.installation.ebMS3.INITIATOR.RESPONSE (Rendezvous)

Example: AX.BC.ACME_SERVER.ebMS3.INITIATOR.RESPONSE

prefix.installation.INITIATOR.RESPONSE (JMS queue)

Message fields See Table 20 for description of each message field.

BCInitiator

BCResponder

Initiator Response

InternetInitiator Private Process

Responder Private Process

Page 122: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

104 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

Table 20 ae/ebMS3/InitiatorResponse Message Fields (Sheet 1 of 3)

Field Type Required Description

standardID String Yes The string "ebMS3".

fromTP tradingpartner

Yes The trading partner. See Table 27 on page 122 for formatting information.

host tradingpartner

Yes The trading host. See Table 27 on page 122 for formatting information.

fromRole String No The value of the From/Role element in the ebMS3 messaging header of the inbound public message.

toRole String No The value of the To/Role element in the ebMS3 messaging header of the inbound public message.

operationID String Yes The identifier of the transaction as defined in operation definition in local configuration. For example: rosettanet.org/3A4/2.0/Request Purchase Order.

organization String Yes The organization name for the transaction.

businessProcess String Yes The name of the business process for the transaction.

businessProcessVersion

String Yes The business process version for the transaction.

transactionName String Yes The name of the transaction.

statusCode Integer Yes A code indicating the status of the transaction. See Appendix A, Status Codes, on page 173 for more information.

statusMsg String Yes A brief description of the code in the statusCode field.

mpc String No The URI that identifies the message partitioning channel to which the message is assigned.

Page 123: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Private Process Message Formats | 105

timestamp String No The timestamp when the ebMS3 message is generated.

response String No The response payload, which is usually an XML string. The content of this field comes from the content of the SOAP body in the inbound response ebMS3 message.

Note: In TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette, the body field is used to specify the content of the response field. Also the field is ignored when the responseFile field is not empty.

responseFile String No The file reference when the size of the payload exceeds the private process file size threshold.

You can configure this by using the ebxml.fileref.threshold property from BusinessConnect > System Settings > Activated Protocol Plug-ins and Properties > ebXML.

Note: This field takes precedence over the response field.

MessageProperties N/A No Specific message properties as defined in ebMS3 standard.

The property names must be agreed by trading partners.

PayloadInfo N/A No Information of the payload of the response message. This is the payload encapsulated as the content of the SOAP Body.

See PayloadInfo on page 199 for more information about the sub-fields.

attachment sequence of ebMS3/Info/

Attachment

No A sequence of attachments which are sent from trading partner as the SOAP Attachments.

See Table 26 on page 121 for formatting information.

Table 20 ae/ebMS3/InitiatorResponse Message Fields (Sheet 2 of 3)

Field Type Required Description

Page 124: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

106 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

Inbound Request FormatTIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol uses the following message class to forward inbound request messages to the responder private process.

Class ae/ebMS3/ResponderRequest

agreementRef String No The value of the AgreementRef element in the ebMS3 messaging header of the inbound public message.

conversationID String Yes The value of the ConversationId element in the ebMS3 messaging header of the inbound public message.

messageID String Yes The value of the MessageData/MessageId element in the ebMS3 messaging header of the inbound public message.

closure String No A unique string for TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to keep track of this transaction. It is either generated by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol or copied from the closure field in the corresponding ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest message.

trackingID String No The value of the trackingID field in the corresponding ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest message, which can be used by the private process to keep track of messages that are otherwise related to each other.

Table 20 ae/ebMS3/InitiatorResponse Message Fields (Sheet 3 of 3)

Field Type Required Description

BCInitiator

BCResponder

Responder Request

InternetInitiator Private Process

Responder Private Process

Page 125: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Private Process Message Formats | 107

Subject prefix.installation.ebMS3.RESPONDER.REQUEST (Rendezvous)

Example: AX.BC.ACME_SERVER.ebMS3.RESPONDER.REQUEST

prefix.installation.RESPONDER.REQUEST (JMS queue)

Message fields See Table 21 for description of each message field.

Table 21 ae/ebMS3/ResponderRequest Message Fields (Sheet 1 of 3)

Field Type Required Description

standardID String Yes The string "ebMS3".

fromTP tradingpartner

No The trading partner. See Table 27 on page 122 for formatting information.

host tradingpartner

Yes The trading host. See Table 27 on page 122 for formatting information.

fromRole String No The role of the trading partner, which is copied from the From/Role element in the SOAP header of the inbound public message.

toRole String No The role of the trading host, which is copied from the To/Role element in the SOAP header of the inbound public message.

operationID String Yes The identifier of the operation. For example: rosettanet.org/3A4/2.0/Request

Purchase Order.

organization String Yes The organization name for the transaction.

businessProcess String Yes The name of the business process for the transaction.

businessProcessVersion

String Yes The business process version for the transaction.

transactionName String Yes The name of the transaction.

service String Yes The service that acts on the message, which is copied from the Service element in the SOAP header of the inbound public message.

Page 126: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

108 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

serviceType String No The service type, which is copied from the Service/@type attribute in the SOAP header of the inbound public message.

action String Yes The action name in the inbound message, which is copied from the Action element in the SOAP header of the inbound public message.

mpc String No The message partitioning channel to which the message is assigned.

timestamp String No The timestamp when the ebMS3 message is generated.

request String No The request payload, which is usually an XML string. The content of this field comes from the SOAP body content of the inbound ebMS3 message.

Note: In TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette, the body field is used to specify the content of the request field. Also this field is ignored when the requestFile field is not empty.

requestFile String No The file reference when the size of the payload exceeds the private process file size threshold.

You can configure this by using the ebxml.fileref.threshold property from BusinessConnect > System Settings > Activated Protocol Plug-ins and Properties > ebXML.

Note: This field takes precedence over the request field.

MessageProperties

N/A No Specific message properties that can be used for handling the messages efficiently.

The property names must be agreed by trading partners.

Table 21 ae/ebMS3/ResponderRequest Message Fields (Sheet 2 of 3)

Field Type Required Description

Page 127: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Private Process Message Formats | 109

PayloadInfo N/A No Information of the payload of the request message. This is the payload encapsulated as the content of the SOAP Body.

See PayloadInfo on page 199 for more information about the sub-fields.

attachment sequence of ebMS3/Info/

Attachment

No A sequence of attachments received from the trading partner as the SOAP Attachments.

See Table 26 on page 121 for formatting information.

agreementRef String No The identifier of the collaboration protocol agreement, copied from the AgreementRef element in the ebMS3 messaging header of the inbound public message.

conversationID String Yes The identifier for the current conversation, copied from the ConversationId element in the SOAP header of the inbound public message.

messageID String Yes The unique identifier for the inbound, request, copied from the MessageData/MessageId element in the SOAP header of the inbound public message.

closure String Yes A unique string generated by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to keep track of this transaction. You must copy the value here to the closure field in the corresponding ae/ebMS3/ResponderResponse message.

Table 21 ae/ebMS3/ResponderRequest Message Fields (Sheet 3 of 3)

Field Type Required Description

Page 128: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

110 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

Outbound Response FormatThe responder private process uses the following message class to send outbound response messages and business-level exceptions to TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

Class ae/ebMS3/ResponderResponse

Subject name prefix.installation.ebMS3.RESPONDER.RESPONSE (Rendezvous)

Example: AX.BC.ACME_SERVER.ebMS3.RESPONDER.RESPONSE

prefix.installation.RESPONDER.RESPONSE (JMS queue)

Message fields See Table 22 for description of each message field.

BCInitiator

BCResponder

Responder Response

InternetInitiator Private Process

Responder Private Process

Table 22 ae/ebMS3/ResponderResponse Message Fields (Sheet 1 of 4)

Field Type Required Description

standardID String Yes The string "ebMS3".

Page 129: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Private Process Message Formats | 111

statusCode Integer Yes The status of this transaction. Specify one of the following codes:

• 200 The request is processed successfully.

• 3652 The request is processed successfully but rejected. In this case, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol sends a response message to the trading partner with AcceptanceException as the value of the ExceptionType element.

• 3650 The request is not processed successfully. In this case, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol sends a response message to the trading partner with GeneralException as the value of the ExceptionType element.

statusMsg String Yes A description of the code in the statusCode field. See Appendix A, Status Codes, on page 173.

response String No The response payload, which is usually an XML string. This is the payload to be encapsulated in the SOAP Body in the public response message.

Note: Text-based payloads and attachments must be encoded in UTF-8. In TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette, the body field is used to specify the content of the response field. Also the field is ignored when the responseFile field is not empty.

responseFile String No The file reference used to specify the response payload file. You can use the file reference to send large payload.

Note: This field takes precedence over the response field.

MessageProperties

N/A No Specific message properties that can be used for handling the messages efficiently.

The property names must be agreed by trading partners.

Table 22 ae/ebMS3/ResponderResponse Message Fields (Sheet 2 of 4)

Field Type Required Description

Page 130: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

112 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

PayloadInfo N/A No Information of the payload of the response message, which is the content of the SOAP Body of the response message.

See PayloadInfo on page 199 for more information about the sub-fields.

attachment sequence of ebMS3/Info/

Attachment

No A sequence of attachments to be sent out as SOAP Attachments in the public response message.

See Table 26 on page 121 for formatting information.

messageID String No A unique identifier for the outbound ebMS3 message. It must conform to the format described in RFC 2822. Otherwise, your trading partner cannot process the message properly.

If you do not supply a value here, it is automatically generated for the public message.

closure String No A unique string for TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to keep track of this transaction. You must copy the value from the closure field in the corresponding ae/ebMS3/ResponderRequest message.

authorizationToken

N/A No Not used for Responder.Response messages.

authenticationToken

N/A No Include user name and password information that is used for WSS UsernameToken authentication, which is an alternative other than the WSS signature authentication.

dupElimination Boolean No Request that the duplicate response messages sent by the private process are eliminated by the BusinessConnect outbound process.

Table 22 ae/ebMS3/ResponderResponse Message Fields (Sheet 3 of 4)

Field Type Required Description

Page 131: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Private Process Message Formats | 113

Response Acknowledgment FormatTIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol uses the following message class to indicate to the private process whether the response message is sent to the trading partner successfully.

Class ae/ebMS3/ResponderAck

Subject prefix.installation.ebMS3.RESPONDER.ACK (Rendezvous)

Example: AX.BC.ACME_SERVER.ebMS3.RESPONDER.ACK

prefix.installation.RESPONDER.ACK (JMS queue)

Message fields See Table 23 for description of each message field.

trackingID String No An identifier that the private process can keep track of messages that are otherwise related to each other. It is copied to the corresponding ae/ebMS3/ResponderAck message.

Contrary to the closure and conversationID fields, there is no requirement on the value of this field, nor is it used to process public messages.

Table 22 ae/ebMS3/ResponderResponse Message Fields (Sheet 4 of 4)

Field Type Required Description

BCInitiator

BCResponder

InternetInitiator Private Process

Responder Private Process

Responder Ack

Table 23 ae/ebMS3/ResponderAck Message Fields (Sheet 1 of 3)

Field Type Required Description

standardID String Yes The string "ebMS3".

tradingPartner tradingpartner

Yes The trading partner. See Table 27 on page 122 for formatting information.

Page 132: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

114 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

host tradingpartner

Yes The trading host. See Table 27 on page 122 for formatting information.

statusCode Integer Yes A code indicating the status of the transaction. See Appendix A, Status Codes, on page 185 for more information.

statusMsg String Yes A brief description of the code in the statusCode field.

operationType String No The identifier of the transaction. For example: rosettanet.org/3A4/2.0/Request Purchase

Order.

closure String Yes A unique string for TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to keep track of this transaction. It is copied from the closure field in the corresponding ae/ebMS3/ResponderRequest message.

operationID String Yes The identifier of the operation. For example: rosettanet.org/3A4/2.0/Request Purchase

Order.

organization String Yes The organization name for the transaction.

businessProcess String Yes The name of the business process for the transaction.

businessProcessVersion

String Yes The business process version for the transaction.

transactionName String Yes The name of the transaction.

agreementRef String No The value of the AgreementRef element in the ebMS3 Messaging header of the public message. This is configured in the AgreementRef field of the Participants panel for the trading partner. See Chapter 5, Setting Up Trading Hosts and Partners, on page 75.

conversationID String Yes The value of the ConversationId element in the SOAP header of the public message.

Table 23 ae/ebMS3/ResponderAck Message Fields (Sheet 2 of 3)

Field Type Required Description

Page 133: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Private Process Message Formats | 115

Advisory Signal Message FormatTIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol uses the ae/ebMS3/Advisory class to update private processes on the status of ebMS3 transactions. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol publishes ae/ebMS3/Advisory messages on the advisory signals subject when it receives signals from the trading partner.

See Processing Signals on page 18.

The field names, which are not the same as column names, map to the column names in the audit database, and their values are the same as the values in the audit database.

Class ae/ebMS3/Advisory

Subject prefix.installation.ebMS3.ADVISORY.SIGNALS (Rendezvous)

Example: AX.BC.ACME_SERVER.ebMS3.ADVISORY.SIGNALS

prefix.installation.ADVISORY.SIGNALS (JMS topic)

Message fields See Table 24 for description of each message field.

messageID String No The value of the MessageData/MessageId element in the SOAP header of the public message.

trackingID String No The value of the trackingID field in the corresponding ae/ebMS3/ResponderResponse message, which can be used by the private process to keep track of messages that are otherwise related to each other.

Table 23 ae/ebMS3/ResponderAck Message Fields (Sheet 3 of 3)

Field Type Required Description

The ae/ebMS3/Advisory message class is used for both advisory and error signals, but they are sent to separate private message subjects, and some of the message fields can hold different data for advisory and error signals.

Table 24 ae/ebMS3/Advisory Signal Fields (Sheet 1 of 4)

Field Type Required Description

standardID String Yes The string "ebMS3".

Page 134: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

116 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

tpName String No The name of the trading partner in this transaction, as defined in the Participants panel in the BusinessConnect console.

tradingPartner tradingpartner

Yes The trading partner. See Table 27 for formatting information.

host tradingpartner

Yes The trading host. See Table 27 for formatting information.

operationID String No The identifier of the operation. For example: rosettanet.org/3A4/2.0/Request Purchase

Order.

transactionID String No The identifier of the transaction.

statusCode Integer No The status of this transaction. See the following possible codes:

• 1651 Received a receipt acknowledgment from the trading partner.

• 1653 Received an MSH receipt from the trading partner.

• 3650 Received an exception message from the trading partner with an ExceptionType/GeneralException element in the message payload, indicating that the private process of the trading partner failed to process the request or response.

• 3652 Received an exception message from the trading partner with an ExceptionType/AcceptanceException element in the message payload, indicating that the private process of the trading partner rejected the request or response.

See Appendix A, Status Codes, on page 173.

statusMsg String No A brief description of the code in the statusCode field.

details String No A more detailed description of the transaction status. This can be an analysis of the error that occurred.

Table 24 ae/ebMS3/Advisory Signal Fields (Sheet 2 of 4)

Field Type Required Description

Page 135: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Private Process Message Formats | 117

extraInfo String No The XML-formatted signal message that is received.

closure String No A unique string for TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to keep track of this transaction. It is copied from the closure field in the corresponding ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest or ae/ebMS3/ResponderRequest message.

organization String No The organization name for the transaction.

businessProcess String No The name of the business process for the transaction.

businessProcessVersion

String No The business process version for the transaction.

transactionName String No The name of the transaction.

service String No The service that actions on the message, which is copied from the Service element in the SOAP header of the public message.

serviceType String No The service type, which is copied from the Service/type attribute in the SOAP header of the public message.

action String No The action used to process the inbound message, which is copied from the Action element in the SOAP header of the public message. If the value of the Action element is Exception, and then the value here is GeneralException or AcceptanceException, depending on the kind of exception.

agreementRef String No The value of the AgreementRef element in the ebMS3 Messaging header of the public message. This is configured in the AgreementRef field of the Participants panel for the trading partner. See Chapter 5, Setting Up Trading Hosts and Partners, on page 75.

conversationID String No The value of the ConversationId element in the SOAP header of the public message.

Table 24 ae/ebMS3/Advisory Signal Fields (Sheet 3 of 4)

Field Type Required Description

Page 136: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

118 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

Error Message FormatTIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol also uses the ae/ebMS3/Advisory class to send transaction errors to private processes.

The field names, which are not the same as column names, map to the column names in the audit database, and their values are the same as the values in the audit database.

Class ae/ebMS3/Advisory

Subject prefix.installation.ebMS3.ERROR (Rendezvous)

Example: AX.BC.ACME_SERVER.ebMS3.ERROR

prefix.installation.ERROR (JMS topic)

Message fields See Table 25 for description of each message field.

messageID String No The value of the MessageData/MessageId element in the SOAP header of the public message.

trackingID String No The value of the trackingID field in the corresponding ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest or ae/ebMS3/ResponderResponse message, which can be used by the private process to keep track of messages that are otherwise related to each other.

Table 24 ae/ebMS3/Advisory Signal Fields (Sheet 4 of 4)

Field Type Required Description

The ae/ebMS3/Advisory message class is used for both advisory and error signals, but they are sent to separate private message subjects, and some of the message fields can hold different data for advisory and error signals.

Table 25 ae/ebMS3/Advisory Error Fields (Sheet 1 of 3)

Field Type Required Description

standardID String Yes The string "ebMS3".

tpName String No The name of the trading partner in this transaction, as defined in the Participants panel in the BusinessConnect console.

Page 137: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Private Process Message Formats | 119

tradingPartner tradingpartner

Yes The trading partner. See Table 27 for formatting information.

host tradingpartner

Yes The trading host. See Table 27 for formatting information.

transactionID String No The identifier of the transaction.

operationID String No The identifier of the operation. For example: rosettanet.org/3A4/2.0/Request Purchase

Order.

statusCode Integer No A code indicating the status of the transaction. See Appendix A, Status Codes, on page 173.

statusMsg String No A brief description of the code in the statusCode field.

details String No A more detailed analysis of the error that occurred.

extraInfo String No The XML-formatted signal message that is received.

closure String No A unique string for TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to keep track of this transaction. It is copied from the closure field in the corresponding ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest or ae/ebMS3/ResponderRequest message.

organization String No The organization name for the transaction.

businessProcess String No The name of the business process for the transaction.

businessProcessVersion

String No The business process version for the transaction.

transactionName String No The name of the transaction.

service String No The service that actions on the message, which is copied from the Service element in the SOAP header of the public message.

serviceType String No The service type, which is copied from the Service/@type attribute in the SOAP header of the inbound public message.

Table 25 ae/ebMS3/Advisory Error Fields (Sheet 2 of 3)

Field Type Required Description

Page 138: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

120 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

action String No The action used to process the inbound message, which is copied from the Action element in the SOAP header of the public message. If the value of the Action element is Exception, and then the value here is GeneralException or AcceptanceException, depending on the kind of exception.

agreementRef String No The value of the AgreementRef element in the ebMS3 Messaging header of the public message. This is configured in the AgreementRef field of the Participants panel for the trading partner. See Chapter 5, Setting Up Trading Hosts and Partners, on page 75.

conversationID String No The value of the ConversationId element in the SOAP header of the public message.

messageID String No The value of the MessageData/MessageId element in the SOAP header of the public message.

trackingID String No The value of the trackingID field in the corresponding ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest or ae/ebMS3/ResponderResponse message, which can be used by the private process to keep track of messages that are otherwise related to each other.

Table 25 ae/ebMS3/Advisory Error Fields (Sheet 3 of 3)

Field Type Required Description

Page 139: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Private Process Message Formats | 121

Additional Data ClassesTwo additional data classes are commonly used by some of the private process message classes:

• ae/BC/Attachment. See Table 26 for a description of each field.

• ae/BC/TradingPartner. See Table 27 for a description of each field.

Table 26 ae/BC/Attachment Fields

Field Type Description

Attachment

name String The name of the attached data.

content-type String The attached data type. For example: application/binary.

content-id String A unique identifier for the attachment.

For outbound attachments and also inbound attachments with an empty name field, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol automatically generates a random string for the attachment content-id.

content Binary The content of the attachment. This field takes precedence over the fileReference field.

Note: All text-based attachments must be encoded in UTF-8.

PartInfo N/A The information of this particular attachment.

fileReference String The absolute path to the file that contains the attachment. This field is ignored if the content field is not empty.

For inbound messages, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol uses this field to pass the reference of a large attachment. See Domains on page 37.

Page 140: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

122 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

Table 27 ae/BC/TradingPartner Fields

Message Field Type Description

TradingPartner

name String The name of the trading participant.

domain String The domain of the trading participant.

id String The identity of the trading participant.

Page 141: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Configuring Private Processes with TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks | 123

Configuring Private Processes with TIBCO ActiveMatrix

BusinessWorks

To define a TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks private process to interact with BusinessConnect requires the following resources:

• BusinessConnect Connection is a shared resource that connects to the BusinessConnect configuration store for the settings in TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

• Activities of BusinessConnect palette are used to handle outbound and inbound BusinessConnect messages.

Configuring BCServerConfig ResourceIn order for your private process to communicate with your BusinessConnect server, you must include exactly one BCServerConfig resource in the root project view.

Follow these instructions to configure the BCServerConfig resource:

1. In TIBCO Designer, click Palettes in the menu bar and select Browse.

2. Select BusinessConnect under the BusinessConnect folder to make the BusinessConnect palette available.

3. Click Close.

4. Click the root project directory of your TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks project.

5. Open the palette panel.

6. Drag a BusinessConnect Connection resource to the design panel.

You can see the resource in the design panel with the name "BCServerConfig". You can change its name in the configuration panel if you want.

7. Click the BusinessConnect Server Access tab.

The steps of how to configure private processes in TIBCO Business Studio are similar to TIBCO Designer. You can see the following information for reference, or see Configuring Private Processes in TIBCO Business Studio.

Page 142: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

124 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

8. Select the JDBC driver you use to communicate with the BusinessConnect configuration store from the JDBC Driver Type list.

9. Type the URL for the BusinessConnect configuration store in the JDBC URL field.

10. Type the configuration store user name and password in the DB User and DB Password fields.

11. Click Apply.

12. Click the Configuration tab.

Note that the Update Transport Settings check box is selected. By default, the resource synchronizes its Rendezvous or JMS settings with the settings in the BusinessConnect configuration store.

13. Click Update from Configuration Store.

14. Click the Configuration tab and select ebMS3 from the Protocol Name list.

15. Click Import Selected Business Protocol. TIBCO Designer retrieves all installed operations in the BusinessConnect configuration store and places them in the BCSchemas project folder in the form of schemas.

16. Click Apply.

For more information on the BusinessConnect Connection resource, see TIBCO BusinessConnect Palette.

Configuring Send and Receive ActivitiesYou can use BusinessConnect Send activities for sending requests or receipts, responses and miscellaneous messages. You can also use the BusinessConnect Receive activities for receiving requests or receipts, response, and miscellaneous messages.

The settings in step 8, step 9, and step 10 must be the same as the settings in your BusinessConnect installation. To see the JDBC settings in your BusinessConnect installation, log on to TIBCO Administrator and go to BusinessConnect > System Settings > Audit, Non-Repudiation and Runtime Database Configuration, and then select the bc-db connection alias.

Do not move, modify, or delete the BCSchemas folder or the contents therein.

Page 143: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Configuring Private Processes with TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks | 125

When configuring a Send activity, you must ensure that all required fields are supplied to the activity before the Send activity can be started. When a Send activity is started, a private process message of the selected type of the selected operation is sent to BusinessConnect Interior Server.

Unlike Send activities, Receive activities are process starters. Therefore, there can be only one Receive activity in a process and the Receive activity acts to start the process. A process with the Receive start activity is invoked when BusinessConnect receives a message from a trading partner and sends it to TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks, or when BusinessConnect creates an Acknowledgment or Advisory message and sends it to the private process when certain event occurs. You can configure a process to use the output of the Receive activity to perform different tasks, such as formulating a response message and invoking a Send activity, or forwarding the received message to the downstream of your enterprise back office system for further processing.

For more information on configuring each of the Send and Receive activities, see TIBCO BusinessConnect Palette. You can also work through the tutorial in Chapter 9, Tutorial, on page 137 to learn how to configure a TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks project to send and receive ebMS3 messages.

The following sub-sections give you a quick glance at the resources you must configure for different kinds of private processes.

Configuring Initiators

For your TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks processes to initiate ebMS3 transactions, use the following resources:

• BCServerConfig — for connecting to your BusinessConnect server.

• Send Request/Notification — for sending request messages to trading partners.

• Receive Response — for receiving responses from trading partners. This is only for two-way transactions.

• Receive Misc. Msg — for receiving acknowledgments, advisory signals, or error signals from BusinessConnect.

Configuring Responders

For your TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks processes to receive request messages, use the following resources:

• BCServerConfig — for connecting to your BusinessConnect server.

• Receive Request/Notification — for receiving request messages from trading partners.

Page 144: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

126 | Chapter 7 Private Processes

• Send Response — for sending response messages to BusinessConnect that forwards the response to the trading partner after processing and packaging. This is only for two-way transactions.

• Receive Misc. Msg — for receiving acknowledgments, advisory signals, or error signals from BusinessConnect.

Page 145: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

| 127

Chapter 8 Viewing Logs

This chapter discusses how to view audit, non-repudiation, and resend logs after conducting business transactions.

Topics

• Logging Overview, page 128

• Audit Log, page 129

• Non-Repudiation Log, page 131

• Resendable Transactions Log, page 132

• Resend History Log, page 136

Page 146: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

128 | Chapter 8 Viewing Logs

Logging Overview

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol provides three logs that track which messages have been processed: audit log, non-repudiation log, and resend log. These logs are accessible in the log viewer. See Viewing Logs on page 128.

The audit log is used to stored information about the ebMS3 transactions and documents processed by TIBCO BusinessConnect.

The non-repudiation log is used to provide proof of the delivery of messages and message content. It is a persistent record of all successfully completed transactions. You can configure any or all ebMS3 transactions to be stored into the non-repudiation log. This protects against any attempts by trading partners to subsequently deny the occurrence or content of the transaction. See Non-Repudiation Log on page 131.

The resend log displays the audit log transactions that are eligible to be resent, and a history of the resent messages. See Resendable Transactions Log on page 132 and Resend History Log on page 136.

Viewing LogsFollow these instructions to view logs of ebMS3 transactions in the log viewer:

1. Expand BusinessConnect > Log Viewer in the left panel.

2. Select ebMS3 from the Protocol list.

3. Click one of the following buttons to select which log to view: Audit, Non-Repudiation, Resendable Transactions, or Resend History.

For information on searching the logs, see TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration.

Page 147: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Audit Log | 129

Audit Log

The audit log for TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol is used to store information about the messages and documents processed by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol. You can use the audit log to follow the processing states of inbound or outbound documents, and cancel pending transactions. See TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration.

Information stored in the audit log for TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol includes sent and received documents, host and partner names, processing status, and errors and exceptions, and so on.

Summary ViewTable 28 lists the columns that are displayed in the audit log.

Transaction Details ViewTo view the details of a transaction, click the icon in the leftmost column of an audit log entry.

Table 28 Audit Log, Summary View Columns

Column Name Definition

Time Stamp The time when the message was processed.

Trading Partner The name of the trading partner in this transaction, which defined in the Participants panel in the BusinessConnect console.

Conversation ID The conversation ID of the transaction.

Sequence No N/A

Operation ID The identifier of the transaction. For example: rosettanet.org/3A4/2.0/Request Purchase Order.

Tracking ID A string specified by the private process in the trackingID field of the corresponding ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest or ae/ebMS3/ResponderResponse message.

AgreementRef A string indicating the agreement that governs the transaction between the host and the trading partner.

Host Initiates Indicates whether the host participant initiated the transaction.

Page 148: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

130 | Chapter 8 Viewing Logs

The Log Viewer first displays the general information for this transaction at the top and a table with information for all transaction states at the bottom. The table columns are listed in Table 29.

State Details ViewThe state details view offers the same information in the transaction view, but it shows the information for one state at a time.

You have two ways to see the state details view:

• Click the icon in the leftmost column of a state entry.

• Click Change View at the upper-right corner to see the details of the first state in the transaction. You can see details of the next or previous state by clicking Next or Back.

Table 29 Audit Log, Transaction Details View Columns

Column Definition

Time Stamp The time the transaction passed through the state was displayed in the State column.

Status The status of the entire transaction at the particular state.

State The state of the transaction. See Advisory Signal Message Format on page 115.

Description A more verbose description of the state was listed in the State column.

Message ID The unique identifier for the message is processed at the state was displayed in the State column.

Action The action used to process the inbound or outbound message.

Service The service that acts on the inbound or outbound message.

Page 149: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Non-Repudiation Log | 131

Non-Repudiation Log

Non-repudiation logging protects against any attempts by the sender of a document to subsequently deny the occurrence or content of the document. In TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol, non-repudiation and digital signatures are coupled together by default.

In contrast to the audit information, non-repudiation information is intended for long-term storage, so only one entry one transaction. The non-repudiation log view does not display all the information that it stores for a transaction. For example, digital signatures are stored but not displayed.

Summary ViewThe non-repudiation log displays one transaction each row in the columns list in Table 30.

Table 30 Non-Repudiation Log Columns

Field Definition

Time Stamp Time this non-repudiation log entry was entered.

Trading Partner The name of the trading partner in this transaction, which defined in the Participants panel in the BusinessConnect console.

Conversation ID The conversation ID of the transaction.

Sequence No N/A

Operation ID The identifier of the transaction. For example: rosettanet.org/3A4/2.0/Request Purchase Order.

Trading Partner Domain

The domain value in the domain-identity pair of the trading partner.

Trading Partner ID The identity value in the domain-identity pair of the trading partner.

Page 150: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

132 | Chapter 8 Viewing Logs

Resendable Transactions Log

The resend log displays the columns list in Table 31. Transactions in the following states are resendable:

• PULL_REQUEST_SENDING

• PUSH_MESSAGE_FROM_PP

• REQUEST_SENT_TO_PP

• RESPONSE_SENT_TO_PP

Table 31 Resendable Transactions Log Columns

Column Definition

Time Stamp The time when the message was processed.

Trading Partner The name of the trading partner.

Conversation ID The conversation ID of the transaction.

Sequence No N/A

Operation ID The identifier of the transaction. For example: rosettanet.org/3A4/3.0/Request Purchase Order.

Host Initiates Indicates whether the host initiated the transaction.

Status The updated status of the transaction.

State The updated state of the transaction.

Description A more verbose description of the state was listed in the State column.

Message ID The unique identifier for the message that is processed at the state was displayed in the State column.

Tracking ID A string specified by the private process in the trackingID field of the corresponding ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest or ae/ebMS3/ResponderResponse message.

Action The action used to process the inbound or outbound message.

Service The service that acts on the inbound or outbound message.

Page 151: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Resendable Transactions Log | 133

Transaction StatesA transaction goes through various states in its TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol life cycle. See Table 32 for a description of each state.

AgreementRef A string indicating the agreement that governs the transaction between the host and the trading partner.

Table 31 Resendable Transactions Log Columns (Cont’d)

Column Definition

Table 32 Transaction States (Sheet 1 of 3)

State Description

ACK_TO_PP Sent acknowledgment to private process for request or response message.

PACKAGED_ACK Packaged MSH receipt to trading partner.

PACKAGED_ERROR Packaged error to trading partner.

PACKAGED_EXCEPTION Packaged business-level exception to trading partner.

PACKAGED_NOTIFICATION Packaged notify document to trading partner.

PACKAGED_RECEIPT Packaged receipt acknowledgment to trading partner.

PACKAGED_REQUEST Packaged request document to trading partner.

PACKAGED_RESPONSE Packaged response document to trading partner.

MESSAGE_STORED Message has been stored to Store-and-Forward.

EXCEPTION_FROM_PP Received business-level exception from private process.

REQUEST_FROM_PP Received request document from private process.

RESPONSE_FROM_PP Received response document from private process.

RECEIPT_FROM_TP Received MSH receipt from trading partner.

DUP_ACK_FROM_TP Received duplicate MSH receipt from trading partner.

DUP_RECEIPT_FROM_TP Received duplicate receipt acknowledgment from trading partner.

DUP_REQUEST_FROM_TP Received duplicate request document from trading partner.

Page 152: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

134 | Chapter 8 Viewing Logs

DUP_RESPONSE_FROM_TP Received duplicate response document from trading partner.

ERROR_FROM_TP Received error from trading partner, or unable to receive response from trading partner.

EXCEPTION_FROM_TP Received business-level exception from trading partner.

DUP_EXCEPTION_FROM_TP Received duplicate exception from trading partner.

RECEIPT_FROM_TP Received acknowledgment receipt from trading partner.

REQUEST_FROM_TP Received request document from trading partner.

RESPONSE_FROM_TP Received response document from trading partner.

DUP_NOTIFICATION_TO_TP Sending duplicate notify document to trading partner.

DUP_RECEIPT_TO_TP Sending duplicate acknowledgement receipt back to trading partner.

DUP_REQUEST_TO_TP Sending duplicate request document to trading partner.

DUP_RESPONSE_TO_TP Sending duplicate response document to trading partner.

DUP_NOTIFICATION_SENT_TO

_TP

Sent duplicate notify document to trading partner.

DUP_RECEIPT_SENT_TO_TP Sent duplicate acknowledgement receipt back to trading partner.

DUP_REQUEST_SENT_TO_TP Sent duplicate request document to trading partner.

DUP_RESPONSE_SENT_TO_TP Sent duplicate response document to trading partner.

REQUEST_SENT_TO_PP Sent request document to private process.

RESPONSE_SENT_TO_PP Sent response document to private process.

RECEIPT_SENT_TO_TP Sent MSH receipt to trading partner.

ERROR_SENT_TO_TP Sent error to trading partner.

EXCEPTION_SENT_TO_TP Sent business-level exception to trading partner.

DUP_EXCEPTION_SENT_TO_TP Sent duplicate exception to trading partner.

Table 32 Transaction States (Sheet 2 of 3)

State Description

Page 153: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Resendable Transactions Log | 135

RECEIPT_SENT_TO_TP Sent receipt acknowledgment to trading partner.

REQUEST_SENT_TO_TP Sent request document to trading partner.

RESPONSE_SENT_TO_TP Sent response document to trading partner.

WAIT_TP_RESPONSE Timed out waiting for response document from trading partner.

WAIT_PP_RESPONSE Timed out waiting for response document from private process.

WAIT_TP_RECEIPT Timed out waiting for receipt acknowledgment from trading partner.

PUSH_MESSAGE_FROM_TP Received push message from private process.

PULL_REQUEST_SENDING Prepare to send pull request to trading partner.

SECURITY_INFO Document is signed, encrypted, compressed, and added UsernameToken field.

This might vary based on different configurations.

SECURITY_PROCESSING Request document is signature verified, decrypted, decompressed, and UsernameToken verified successfully.

This might vary based on different configurations.

SECURITY_MESSAGE Message was signed, encrypted, compressed, and added UsernameToken field.

This might vary based on different configurations.

Table 32 Transaction States (Sheet 3 of 3)

State Description

Page 154: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

136 | Chapter 8 Viewing Logs

Resend History Log

The resend history log displays the columns list in Table 33.

Table 33 Resend History Log Columns

Column Definition

Time Stamp The time when the message was processed.

Trading Partner The name of the trading partner.

Conversation ID The conversation ID of the transaction.

Sequence No N/A

Operation ID The identifier of the transaction. For example: rosettanet.org/3A4/3.0/Request Purchase Order.

Tracking ID A string specified by the private process in the trackingID field of the corresponding ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest or ae/ebMS3/ResponderResponse message.

AgreementRef A string indicating the agreement that governs the transaction between the host and the trading partner.

Host Initiates Indicates whether the host initiated the transaction.

Page 155: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

| 137

Chapter 9 Tutorial

This tutorial guides you through the steps necessary for running the samples of TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol ebMS3/AS4 standard.

Topics

• Overview, page 138

• Setting Up the Tutorial in TIBCO Administrator, page 139

• Configuring Private Processes, page 156

• Running the Tutorial, page 160

Page 156: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

138 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

Overview

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol ebMS3/AS4 standard provides the following sample projects. These sample projects contain processes of different transactions, and you can learn how to do transactions of various MEPs.

• ebMS3Demo.zip and ebMS3Demo_for_bw6.zip

You can find these files in the TIBCO_HOME\bc\version_number\protocols\ebxml\samples\ebMS3\tutorial\bw directory. The ebMS3Demo.zip file is used with TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks 5, and the ebMS3Demo_for_bw6.zip file is used with TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks 6.

• ebms3_sample_operations.csx

You can find this file in the TIBCO_HOME\bc\version_number\protocols\ebxml\samples\ebMS3\tutorial\interfaces directory. This sample file contains operations used for TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol, and you can import the file into TIBCO Administrator.

PrerequisitesTo use this tutorial, you must complete the following tasks:

1. Install the following software packages:

a. TIBCO BusinessConnect.

b. TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

2. Install the following software packages:

a. TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks.

b. TIBCO BusinessConnect Palette or TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Plug-in for BusinessConnect. After installing one of the products, the BusinessConnect palette with TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks is installed.

3. Create deployment configuration for BusinessConnect and fully deploy BusinessConnect. See TIBCO BusinessConnect Interior Server Administration.

Page 157: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Setting Up the Tutorial in TIBCO Administrator | 139

Setting Up the Tutorial in TIBCO Administrator

The section describes how to configure the tutorial in TIBCO Administrator.

Overview

Four samples are presented in this tutorial: one-way push transaction, one-way pull transaction, two-way asynchronous/synchronous transactions, and two-way push and pull transaction.

Participant Information

See Table 34 for the participant information used in this tutorial.

Setting Up Buyer on Machine 1This section provides the instructions for setting up the BusinessConnect server on Machine 1, which acts as the buyer in the transaction. The following tasks include:

• Task A, Importing ebMS3 Operations, page 139

• Task B, Configuring Server Transport, page 140

• Task C, Configuring Trading Hosts, page 141

• Task D, Configuring Trading Partners, page 143

• Task E, Configuring Business Agreement, page 146

• Task F, Others, page 146

Task A Importing ebMS3 Operations

Follow these instructions to import the ebMS3 operations that are used in the tutorial:

Table 34 Participant Information

Machine 1 Machine 2

Trading Partner Name Buyer Seller

Key Identity File bcpartner1_key.p12 bcpartner2_key.p12

Certificate file bcpartner1_cert.p7b bcpartner2_cert.p7b

Page 158: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

140 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

1. On Machine 1, log on to TIBCO Administrator.

2. Expand BusinessConnect > Operations Editor in the left panel.

3. Click Import in the right panel.

4. On the Import Operations page:

a. Click change.

b. Click Browse and navigate to the TIBCO_HOME/bc/version_number/protocols/ebxml/samples/ebMS3/tutorial/interfaces directory.

c. Select the ebms3_sample_operations.csx file, and then click OK.

d. Leave the Password field empty.

e. Click Import.

5. Click Done.

Task B Configuring Server Transport

Follow these instructions to configure the BusinessConnect server on Machine 1:

1. Expand BusinessConnect > System Settings in the left panel.

2. Click Inbound Public Transport Types in the right panel.

3. Select the HTTP, HTTPS and HTTPSCA check boxes, and click Enable.

4. Click Save.

5. Expand BusinessConnect > Gateway in the left panel.

6. Click Gateway Services in the right panel.

7. Click New.

8. Type HTTP in the Name field, and select HTTP from the Type list.

9. Click OK.

10. Click the Credentials tab.

11. Click New Private Key.

12. Type Buyer Key in the Alias field.

13. Click change and navigate to the TIBCO_HOME/bc/version_number/samples/keys directory.

14. Select bcpartner1_key.p12 and click OK.

15. Click the set link next to Password.

Page 159: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Setting Up the Tutorial in TIBCO Administrator | 141

16. Type Password1 in both the Enter password and Enter password again fields.

17. Click OK.

18. Click Save.

19. Click OK in the warning message.

20. Click Done.

21. Click the Transport tab.

22. Select Buyer Key from the Private Key Credential for Secure Ports list.

Task C Configuring Trading Hosts

You must set up the buyer as a trading host, which consists of the following steps:

• Setting Up the Trading Host Properties, page 141

• Setting Up ebMS3 Protocol, page 142

Setting Up the Trading Host Properties

Follow the steps to set up the trading host properties:

1. Expand BusinessConnect > Participants in the left panel.

2. Click New in the right panel.

3. Type Buyer in the Name field.

4. Select Host from the Type list.

5. Click OK.

6. Select the Active check box.

7. Click the Business Locations tab.

8. Click the Headquarters link.

9. In the new panel, specify the following details:

— Phone: 111-111-1111

— Fax: 111-111-1111

— Email: [email protected]

10. Click New in the Contacts area.

Steps 7 to 18 are optional. Do the steps only if you want to add information related to business location and contact person.

Page 160: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

142 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

11. In the New Contact panel, specify the following details:

— First Name: Joe

— Last Name: Smith

— Contact Type: Legal

12. Click Save.

13. Select Joe Smith from the Primary Legal Contact list.

14. Click New in the Contacts area again.

15. In the New Contact panel, add another contact with the following details:

— First Name: Jane

— Last Name: Jones

— Contact Type: Support

16. Click Save.

17. Select Jane Jones from the Primary Support Contact list.

18. Click Save.

19. Click the Credentials tab.

20. Click New Private Key.

21. Type Buyer Key in the Alias field.

22. Click the change link next to Current Credential.

23. Click Browse and navigate to the TIBCO_HOME/bc/version_number/samples/keys directory.

24. Select bcpartner1_key.p12 and click Open.

25. Click OK.

26. Click the set link next to Password.

27. Type Password1 in both the Enter password and Enter password again fields.

28. Click OK.

29. Click Save.

Setting Up ebMS3 Protocol

Follow the steps to set up the Protocols tab of a trading host:

1. Click the Protocols tab.

2. Click the ebMS3 link.

Page 161: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Setting Up the Tutorial in TIBCO Administrator | 143

3. Follow the steps to configure the General tab.

a. Click the Add New link next to the Default Domain Identity field.

b. Click Add New.

c. Select URI from the Domain list.

d. Type uri:buy123 in the Identity field.

e. Click Save.

f. Click OK.

g. Select URI-uri:buy123 from the Default Domain Identity list.

4. Click Save. Click Save again.

Checking Your Work

Follow the steps to verify the default host:

1. Expand BusinessConnect > System Settings in the left panel.

2. Click General in the right panel.

3. Confirm that Buyer is selected in the Default Host list.

4. Click Save.

Task D Configuring Trading Partners

Set up a trading partner configuration on Machine 1 for the seller, which consists of the following steps:

• Setting Up the Trading Partner Properties, page 143

• Setting Up ebMS3 Protocol, page 145

Setting Up the Trading Partner Properties

Follow the steps to set up the trading partner properties:

1. Expand BusinessConnect > Participants in the left panel.

2. Click New in the right panel.

3. Type Seller in the Name field.

4. Select Partner from the Type list.

5. Click OK.

Page 162: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

144 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

6. Select the Active check box.

7. Click the Business Locations tab.

8. Click the Headquarters link.

9. In the new panel, specify the following details:

— Phone: 222-222-2222

— Fax: 222-222-2222

— Email: [email protected]

10. Click New in the Contacts area.

11. In the New Contact panel, specify the following details:

— First Name: Jack

— Last Name: Smith

— Contact Type: Legal

12. Click Save.

13. Select Jack Smith from the Primary Legal Contact list.

14. Click New in the Contacts area again.

15. In the New Contact panel, add another contact with the following details:

— First Name: Jill

— Last Name: Jones

— Contact Type: Support

16. Click Save.

17. Select Jill Jones from the Primary Support Contact list.

18. Click Save.

19. Click the Credentials tab.

20. Click New Certificate.

21. Type Seller Cert in the Alias field.

22. Click the change link next to Current Credential.

23. Click Browse and navigate to the TIBCO_HOME/bc/version_number/samples/keys directory.

Steps 7 to 18 are optional. Do the steps only if you want to add information related to business location and contact person.

Page 163: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Setting Up the Tutorial in TIBCO Administrator | 145

24. Select bcpartner2_cert.p7b and click Open.

25. Click OK.

26. Click Save.

Setting Up ebMS3 Protocol

Follow the steps to set up the Protocols tab of a trading partner:

1. Click the Protocols tab.

2. If ebMS3 is not displayed in the list of protocols:

a. Click Enable.

b. Select the ebMS3 check box.

c. Click OK.

3. Click the ebMS3 link.

4. Follow the steps to configure the General tab.

a. Click the Add New link next to the Default Domain Identity field.

b. Click Add New.

c. Select URI from the Domain list.

d. Type uri:sell123 in the Identity field.

e. Click Save.

f. Click OK.

g. Select URI-uri:sell123 from the Default Domain Identity list.

h. Type ebms3 in the AgreementRef field.

5. Click the Transports tab, and then follow the steps to configure this tab.

a. Click Add.

b. Type HTTP in the Name field.

c. Select HTTP from the Type list.

d. Click OK.

e. In the URL field, type hostname:6700/dmz/ebMS3, where hostname is the name of Machine 2, which configures the seller as its trading host, and 6700 is the HTTP port set in the deployment configuration on Machine 2 BusinessConnect server. See Configuring Server Transport on page 147.

6. Click Save to finish configuring this trading partner.

Page 164: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

146 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

7. Click Save. Click Save again.

Task E Configuring Business Agreement

Follow the steps to set up an ebMS3 agreement protocol binding:

1. Expand BusinessConnect > Business Agreements in the left panel.

2. Click New in the right panel.

3. Select Buyer in the Host Party area and Seller in the Partner Party area.

4. Click OK.

5. Click Add Protocol Bindings.

6. Select the ebMS3 check box.

7. Click OK.

8. Click the ebMS3 link.

9. In the Operation Bindings tab, select the Allow All Operations check box. You can use the selected host and partner to initiate all ebMS3 transactions installed in the Operations Editor.

10. Click the Document Security tab.

11. Select Buyer Key from the Signing Key list.

12. Select Seller Cert from the Encryption Certificate list.

13. Select Seller Cert from the Verification Certificate list.

14. Select Buyer Key from the Decryption Key list.

15. Click the Transports tab.

16. In the Outbound Transports for Host 'Buyer' area, select HTTP from the Primary Transport list.

17. In the Allowed Inbound Transports for Partner 'Seller' area, make sure that the HTTP check box is selected.

18. Click Save to finish configuring this business agreement. Click Save again.

Task F Others

Perform the following tasks:

1. Deploy BusinessConnect Server.

2. Start BusinessConnect Interior Server and Gateway Server.

Page 165: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Setting Up the Tutorial in TIBCO Administrator | 147

See TIBCO BusinessConnect Interior Server Administration and TIBCO BusinessConnect Gateway Server Administration.

Setting Up Seller on Machine 2This section provides the instructions for setting up the BusinessConnect server on Machine 2, which acts as the seller in the transaction. The following tasks include:

• Task A, Importing ebMS3 Operations, page 147

• Task B, Configuring Server Transport, page 147

• Task C, Configuring Trading Hosts, page 148

• Task D, Configuring Trading Partners, page 151

• Task E, Configuring Business Agreement, page 153

• Task F, Configuring External Users, page 154

• Task G, Others, page 154

Task A Importing ebMS3 Operations

Follow these instructions to import the ebMS3 operations that are used in the transaction:

1. On Machine 2, log on to TIBCO Administrator.

2. Expand BusinessConnect > Operations Editor in the left panel.

3. Click Import in the right panel.

4. On the Import Operations page:

a. Click change.

b. Click Browse and navigate to the TIBCO_HOME/bc/version_number/protocols/ebxml/samples/ebMS3/tutorial/interfaces directory.

c. Select the ebms3_sample_operations.csx file, and then click OK.

d. Leave the Password field empty.

e. Click Import.

5. Click Done.

Task B Configuring Server Transport

Follow these instructions to configure the BusinessConnect server on Machine 2:

Page 166: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

148 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

1. Expand BusinessConnect > System Settings in the left panel.

2. Click Inbound Public Transport Types in the right panel.

3. Select the HTTP, HTTPS and HTTPSCA check boxes, and click Enable.

4. Click Save.

5. Expand BusinessConnect > Gateway in the left panel.

6. Click Gateway Services in the right panel.

7. Click New.

8. Type HTTP in the Name field, and select HTTP from the Type list.

9. Click OK.

10. Click the Credentials tab.

11. Click New Private Key.

12. Type Seller Key in the Alias field.

13. Click change and navigate to the TIBCO_HOME/bc/version_number/samples/keys directory.

14. Select bcpartner2_key.p12 and click OK.

15. Click the set link next to Password.

16. Type Password1 in both the Enter password and Enter password again fields.

17. Click OK.

18. Click Save.

19. Click OK in the warning message.

20. Click Done.

21. Click the Transport tab.

22. Select Seller Key from the Private Key Credential for Secure Ports list.

Task C Configuring Trading Hosts

You must set up the seller as a trading host, which consists of the following steps:

• Setting Up the Trading Host Properties, page 148

• Setting Up ebMS3 Protocol, page 150

Setting Up the Trading Host Properties

Follow the steps to set up the trading host properties:

Page 167: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Setting Up the Tutorial in TIBCO Administrator | 149

1. Expand BusinessConnect > Participants in the left panel.

2. Click New in the right panel.

3. Type Seller in the Name field.

4. Select Host from the Type list.

5. Click OK.

6. Select the Active check box.

7. Click the Business Locations tab.

8. Click the Headquarters link.

9. In the new panel, specify the following details:

— Phone: 222-222-2222

— Fax: 222-222-2222

— Email: [email protected]

10. Click New in the Contacts area.

11. In the New Contact panel, specify the following details:

— First Name: Jack

— Last Name: Smith

— Contact Type: Legal

12. Click Save.

13. Select Jack Smith from the Primary Legal Contact list.

14. Click New in the Contacts area again.

15. In the New Contact panel, add another contact with the following details:

— First Name: Jill

— Last Name: Jones

— Contact Type: Support

16. Click Save.

17. Select Jill Jones from the Primary Support Contact list.

18. Click Save.

Steps 7 to 18 are optional. Do the steps only if you want to add information related to business location and contact person.

Page 168: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

150 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

19. Click the Credentials tab.

20. Click New Private Key.

21. Type Seller Key in the Alias field.

22. Click the change link next to Current Credential.

23. Click Browse and navigate to the TIBCO_HOME/bc/version_number/samples/keys directory.

24. Select bcpartner2_key.p12 and click Open.

25. Click OK.

26. Click the set link next to Password.

27. Type Password1 in both the Enter password and Enter password again fields.

28. Click OK.

29. Click Save.

Setting Up ebMS3 Protocol

Follow the steps to set up the Protocols tab of the trading host:

1. Click the Protocols tab.

2. Click the ebMS3 link.

3. Follow the steps to configure the General tab.

a. Click the Add New link next to the Default Domain Identity field.

b. Click Add New.

c. Select URI from the Domain list.

d. Type uri:sell123 in the Identity field.

e. Click Save.

f. Click OK.

g. Select URI-uri:sell123 from the Default Domain Identity list.

4. Click Save. Click Save again.

Checking Your Work

Follow the steps to verify the default host:

1. Expand BusinessConnect > System Settings in the left panel.

2. Click General in the right panel.

Page 169: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Setting Up the Tutorial in TIBCO Administrator | 151

3. Confirm that Seller is selected in the Default Host list.

4. Click Save.

Task D Configuring Trading Partners

Set up a trading partner configuration on Machine 2 for the buyer, which consists of the following steps:

• Setting Up the Trading Partner Properties, page 151

• Setting Up ebMS3 Protocol, page 152

Setting Up the Trading Partner Properties

Follow the steps to set up the trading partner properties:

1. Expand BusinessConnect > Participants in the left panel.

2. Click New in the right panel.

3. Type Buyer in the Name field.

4. Select Partner from the Type list.

5. Click OK.

6. Select the Active check box.

7. Click the Business Locations tab.

8. Click the Headquarters link.

9. In the new panel, specify the following details:

— Phone: 111-111-1111

— Fax: 111-111-1111

— Email: [email protected]

10. Click New in the Contacts area.

11. In the New Contact panel, specify the following details:

— First Name: Joe

— Last Name: Smith

— Contact Type: Legal

Steps 7 to 18 are optional. Do the steps only if you want to add information related to business location and contact person.

Page 170: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

152 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

12. Click Save.

13. Select Joe Smith from the Primary Legal Contact list.

14. Click New in the Contacts area again.

15. In the New Contact panel, add another contact with the following details:

— First Name: Jane

— Last Name: Jones

— Contact Type: Support

16. Click Save.

17. Select Jane Jones from the Primary Support Contact list.

18. Click Save.

19. Click the Credentials tab.

20. Click New Certificate.

21. Type Buyer Cert in the Alias field.

22. Click the change link next to Current Credential.

23. Click Browse and navigate to the TIBCO_HOME/bc/version_number/samples/keys directory.

24. Select bcpartner1_cert.p7b and click Open.

25. Click OK.

26. Click Save.

Setting Up ebMS3 Protocol

Follow the steps to set up the Protocols tab of a trading partner:

1. Click the Protocols tab.

2. If ebMS3 is not displayed in the list of protocols:

a. Click Enable.

b. Select the ebMS3 check box.

c. Click OK.

3. Click the ebMS3 link.

Page 171: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Setting Up the Tutorial in TIBCO Administrator | 153

4. Follow the steps to configure the General tab.

a. Click the Add New link next to the Default Domain Identity field.

b. Click Add New.

c. Select URI from the Domain list.

d. Type uri:buy123 in the Identity field.

e. Click Save.

f. Click OK.

g. Select URI-uri:buy123 from the Default Domain Identity list.

h. Type ebms3 in the AgreementRef field.

5. Click the Transports tab, and then follow the steps to configure this tab.

a. Click Add.

b. Type HTTP in the Name field.

c. Select HTTP from the Type list.

d. Click OK.

e. In the URL field, type hostname:6700/dmz/ebMS3, where hostname is the name of Machine 1, which configures the buyer as its trading host, and 6700 is the HTTP port set in the deployment configuration on Machine 1 BusinessConnect server. See Configuring Server Transport on page 140.

6. Click Save to finish configuring this trading partner.

7. Click Save. Click Save again.

Task E Configuring Business Agreement

Follow the steps to set up an ebMS3 agreement protocol binding:

1. Expand BusinessConnect > Business Agreements in the left panel.

2. Click New in the right panel.

3. Select Seller in the Host Party area and Buyer in the Partner Party area.

4. Click OK.

5. Click Add Protocol Bindings.

6. Select the ebMS3 check box.

7. Click OK.

8. Click the ebMS3 link.

Page 172: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

154 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

9. On the Operation Bindings tab, select the Allow All Operations check box. You can use the selected host and partner to initiate all ebMS3 transactions installed in the Operations Editor.

10. Click the Document Security tab.

11. Select Seller Key from the Signing Key list.

12. Select Buyer Cert from the Encryption Certificate list.

13. Select Buyer Cert from the Verification Certificate list.

14. Select Seller Key from the Decryption Key list.

15. Click the Transports tab.

16. In the Outbound Transports for Host 'Seller' area, select HTTP from the Primary Transport list.

17. In the Allowed Inbound Transports for Partner 'Buyer' area, make sure that the HTTP check box is selected.

18. Click Save to finish configuring this business agreement. Click Save again.

Task F Configuring External Users

Follow the steps to set up an external user:

1. Expand BusinessConnect > User Management > Users in the left panel.

2. Click the External tab and click Add.

3. In the Email field, type [email protected].

4. In the Belongs to Partner list, select Buyer.

5. Click OK.

6. Click the set link next to Password, type exuser2 as the password.

7. Click OK, and then click Save.

Task G Others

Perform the following tasks:

1. Deploy BusinessConnect Server.

2. Start BusinessConnect Interior Server and Gateway Server.

This task is only used for the one-way pull, send one-way push transaction with username authentication, and two-way push and pull transaction tutorials.

Page 173: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Setting Up the Tutorial in TIBCO Administrator | 155

See TIBCO BusinessConnect Interior Server Administration and TIBCO BusinessConnect Gateway Server Administration.

Page 174: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

156 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

Configuring Private Processes

This section describes how to configure private processes in the following ways:

• Configuring Private Processes in TIBCO Designer

• Configuring Private Processes in TIBCO Business Studio

Configuring Private Processes in TIBCO DesignerTo configure the tutorial in TIBCO Designer, complete the following tasks:

Task A Opening the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Project

Follow these instructions to set up the example project on the initiator and the responder machines:

1. Start TIBCO Designer.

2. Click New empty project.

3. Specify a directory for this new project or click to browse to an empty directory.

4. Click OK.

5. Click the Project menu in the menu bar of TIBCO Designer window and select Import Full Project.

6. Click the ZIP Archive tab in the Import Project dialog.

7. Click and navigate to the TIBCO_HOME/bc/version_number/protocols/ebxml/samples/ebMS3/tutorial/bw directory.

8. Select the ebMS3Demo.zip file and click Open.

9. Click OK.

10. In the Import - Options dialog, select Try rename in case of name conflict and click Apply.

11. Click Save to save the project.

After the project finishes loading, you can see the main project view, as shown in Figure 11 on page 157.

Page 175: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Configuring Private Processes | 157

Figure 11 TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Project

Task B Configuring Connections to BusinessConnect

Follow these instructions to configure connections to TIBCO BusinessConnect:

1. Click the Global Variables tab.

2. Click .

3. Verify that the BCHOME variable is set to TIBCO_HOME/bc/version_number.

4. Click OK.

5. Click the Project tab to view the project panel.

6. Click the root folder in the project panel. It is the name of the folder in which you saved your new project.

7. In the design panel, click the BC-ebMS3 icon. This is the BusinessConnect Connection shared resource your project uses to connect to your BusinessConnect server and the configuration store.

8. Click the BusinessConnect Server Access tab.

9. Specify the values in the JDBC Driver, JDBC URL, DB User, and DB Password fields.

Page 176: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

158 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

JDBC settings must be the same as the settings in your BusinessConnect installation. To see the JDBC settings in your BusinessConnect installation, log on to TIBCO Administrator and go to BusinessConnect > System Settings > Audit, Non-Repudiation and Runtime Database Configuration; then select the bc-db connection alias.

10. Click Apply.

11. Click the Configuration tab.

12. If the Update Transport Settings check box is not selected, select it.

13. Click Update from Configuration Store.

14. Select ebMS3 from the Protocol Name list.

15. Click Import Selected Business Protocol. You see all installed ebMS3 operations in the BusinessConnect configuration store.

16. Click Apply.

17. Click Save to save the project.

Configuring Private Processes in TIBCO Business StudioTo configure the tutorial in TIBCO Business Studio, complete the following tasks:

Task A Opening the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Project

Follow these instructions to set up the example project on the initiator and the responder machines:

1. Start TIBCO Business Studio.

2. Click File > Import.

3. On the Import page, expand the General folder and select Existing Studio Projects into Workspace. Click Next.

4. Click Browse next to the Select archive file field to navigate to the TIBCO_HOME/bc/version_number/protocols/ebxml/samples/ebMS3/tutorial/bw directory, and select the ebMS3Demo_for_bw6.zip file. Click Open.

5. Click Finish.

After importing the sample, perform the following steps:

1. Expand ebMS3 > Module Descriptors in the Project Explorer view.

2. Double-click Module Properties.

Page 177: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Configuring Private Processes | 159

3. Change the default value of the BCHOME property according to your environment.

Task B Configuring Connections to TIBCO BusinessConnect

Follow these instructions to configure connections to TIBCO BusinessConnect:

1. In the Project Explorer view, expand Resources and double-click BCConnection.bcResource.

2. Click the Server Access tab.

3. Type information as explained in step 9.

4. Click the Configuration tab, and click Update from Configuration Store.

5. Select ebMS3 from the Protocol Name list.

If you select the Select Operations check box, you can select any of the configured and imported operations. For this tutorial, select all operations and click OK.

6. Click Import Selected Business Protocol.

When you import the protocol, TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks retrieves information from the TIBCO BusinessConnect configuration store and puts it in the project folder.

7. Click Save.

Page 178: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

160 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

Running the Tutorial

The following sample transactions are described in this tutorial:

• One-Way Push Transactions

• One-Way Pull Transactions

• Two-Way Asynchronous/Synchronous Transactions

• Two-Way Push and Pull Transactions

One-Way Push TransactionsThis section describes the processes defined for one-way push transactions.

This example contains the following processes in TIBCO Designer:

• Send One Way Push Message and Send One-Way Push Message with Username Authentication

• Receive Pushed Message

Send One Way Push Message

Use the Send One Way Push Message process on Machine 1 to initiate a one-way push transaction. You can access this process from the TIBCO Designer Project panel in the Initiator folder. The private process reads a request from a local directory and sends the document to the BusinessConnect server.

The steps of how to load and run private processes in TIBCO Business Studio are similar to TIBCO Designer. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks documentation for more details.

Page 179: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Running the Tutorial | 161

Send One-Way Push Message with Username Authentication

Use the Send One-Way Push Message with Username Authentication process on Machine 1 to initiate a one-way push message with username authentication transaction. You can access this process from the TIBCO Designer Project panel in the Initiator folder. The private process reads a request from a local directory and sends the document to the BusinessConnect server.

Receive Pushed Message

Use the Receive Pushed Message process on Machine 2 to respond to the push request message. You can access this process from the TIBCO Designer Project panel in the Responder folder.

Running One-Way Push Transaction

To run this example, complete the following tasks:

Task A Running Receive Push Message on Machine 2

Follow these instructions to start the Receive Push Message process on Machine 2:

1. In the opened TIBCO Designer project on Machine 2, expand the Responder folder.

2. Click the Receive Pushed Message process in the design panel.

3. Click the Receive Request activity.

Page 180: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

162 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

4. In the Configuration tab, select rosettanet.org/3A7/1.3/Notify Of Purchase Order Acceptance from the Operation Name list.

5. Click Apply.

6. Click the Tester tab in the project panel.

7. Click .

8. Select Responder > Receive Pushed Message.

9. Click Load Selected.

Task B Running Send One Way Push Message with or without Username Authentication on Machine 1

You must start the Receive Pushed Message process on Machine 2 before proceeding with this section. Follow these instructions to start the Send One Way Push Message or the Send One-Way Push Message with Username Authentication process on Machine 1:

1. In the open TIBCO Designer project on Machine 1, expand the Initiator folder.

2. Click the Send One Way Push Message or the Send One-Way Push Message with Username Authentication process in the design panel.

3. Click the Send Purchase Order Acceptance activity.

4. In the Configuration tab, select rosettanet.org/3A7/1.3/Notify Of Purchase Order Acceptance from the Operation Name list.

5. In the Input tab, type Seller in the tpName field.

6. If you click the Send One-Way Push Message with Username Authentication process in the design panel, provide the values in the userName and the password fields in the authenticationToken node.

The user name and password defined in the Global Variables tab must match the ones you configured on Machine 2 in TIBCO Administrator when you define the external user and associate with the trading partner Buyer. If you follow the instructions, the user name is [email protected]. See Task F, Configuring External Users.

7. Click Apply.

8. Click the Tester tab in the project panel.

9. Click .

10. Select Initiator > Send One Way Push Message or Send One-Way Push Message with Username Authentication.

11. Click Load Selected.

Page 181: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Running the Tutorial | 163

12. In the Jobs folder, select Initiator/Send One Way Push Message.process or Initiator/Send One-Way Push Message with Username Authentication.process and right-click Create a Job.

Expected Results

If everything works as expected, the one-way push request is sent to the trading partner, the process turns green, and then the process ends on Machine 1.

Machine 2 receives a push request from the trading partner and the process turns green. The process ends.

One-Way Pull TransactionsThis section describes the processes defined for one-way pull transactions.

This example contains the following processes in TIBCO Designer:

• Send UserMessage to be Pulled

• Send One Way Pull Request

Send UserMessage to be Pulled

Use the Send UserMessage to be Pulled process to send a user message to the BusinessConnect server on Machine 2. You can access this process from the TIBCO Designer Project panel in the Initiator folder.

Page 182: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

164 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

Send One Way Pull Request

Use the Send One Way Pull Request process on Machine 1 to send a pull request to the trading partner. You can access this process from the TIBCO Designer Project panel in the Initiator folder.

Running One-Way Pull Transaction

To run this example, complete the following tasks:

Task A Running SendUserMessage to be Pulled on Machine 2

Follow these instructions to start the SendUserMessage to be Pulled process on Machine 2:

1. In the opened TIBCO Designer project on Machine 2, expand the Initiator folder.

2. Click the Send UserMessage to be Pulled process in the design panel.

3. Click the Send UserMessage for Pulling activity.

4. In the Configuration tab, select rosettanet.org/3A7/1.3/Notify Of Purchase Order Acceptance from the Operation Name list.

5. In the Input tab:

— Set the tpName attribute to Buyer

— Set the toBePulled attribute to true

— Provide an valid URI in the mpc field

— Provide the user name for this message

The user name provided must match the external user that you configured in TIBCO Administrator on Machine 2 and associated with the trading partner Buyer. If you follow the instructions, the user name is [email protected]. See Task F, Configuring External Users.

Page 183: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Running the Tutorial | 165

Therefore, the message is saved into Store-and-Forward on Machine 2, that is targeted to be pulled by the trading partner Buyer from this MPC channel.

6. Click Apply.

7. Click the Tester tab in the project panel.

8. Click .

9. Select Initiator > Send UserMessage to be Pulled.

10. Click Load Selected.

11. In the Jobs folder, select Initiator/Send UserMessage to be Pulled.process and right-click Create a Job.

Task B Running Send One Way Pull Request on Machine 1

Follow these instructions to start the Send One Way Pull Request process on Machine 1:

1. In the open TIBCO Designer project on Machine 1, expand the Initiator folder.

2. Click the Send One Way Pull Request process in the design panel.

3. Click the Send Pull Request activity.

4. In the Configuration tab, select tibco.com/EBMS Pull Request/1.0: Pull Request from the Operation Name list.

5. In the Input tab:

— Set the tpName attribute to Seller

— Provide an valid URI in the mpc field

— Provide the user name and password

Provide the same user name and password you set for the Send UserMessage for Pulling activity. The user name and password defined in the Global Variables must match the ones you configured in TIBCO Administrator on Machine 2 when you define the external user and associate with the trading partner Buyer.

6. Click Apply.

7. Click the Tester tab in the project panel.

8. Click .

9. Select Initiator > Send One Way Pull Request.

10. Click Load Selected.

Page 184: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

166 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

11. In the Jobs folder, select Initiator/Send One Way Pull Request.process and right-click Create a Job.

Expected Results

If everything works as expected, the user message is sent to BusinessConnect successfully. Internally the message is processed and packaged and stored in Store-and-Forward, which is targeted to be pulled by the trading partner Buyer from this MPC channel.

BusinessConnect on Machine 2 retrieves the user message from the specified MPC with the specified user name and password, and then sends the user message with matched MPC, user name, and password to Machine 1. The private process on Machine 1 receives the pulled message.

Two-Way Asynchronous/Synchronous TransactionsThis section describes the processes defined for two-way asynchronous/synchronous transactions.

This example contains the following processes in TIBCO Designer:

• Send Request and Wait for Response - Two-Way Transaction

• Receive Request and Send back Response - Two-Way Transaction

Send Request and Wait for Response - Two-Way Transaction

Use the Send Request and Wait for Response - Two Way Transaction process on Machine 1 to initiate a two-way asynchronous or synchronous transaction. You can access this process from the TIBCO Designer project panel in the Initiator folder. The private process reads a request from a local directory and sends the document to the BusinessConnect server, and waits for the responder response asynchronously or synchronously.

Page 185: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Running the Tutorial | 167

Receive Request and Send back Response - Two-Way Transaction

Use the Receive Request and Send back Response - Two Way Transaction process on Machine 2 to respond to the request message. You can access this process from the TIBCO Designer project panel in the Responder folder.

Running Two-Way Asynchronous/Synchronous Transactions

To run this example, complete the following tasks:

Task A Running Receive Request and Send back Response - Two Way Transaction on Machine 2

Follow these instructions to start the Receive Request and Send back Response - Two Way Transaction process on Machine 2:

1. In the opened TIBCO Designer project on Machine 2, expand the Responder folder.

2. Click the Receive Request and Send back Response - Two Way Transaction process in the design panel.

3. Click the Receive Request activity.

4. In the Configuration tab, select rosettanet.org/3A4/1.4/Purchase Order Request from the Operation Name list.

5. Click Apply.

6. Click the Tester tab in the project panel.

7. Click .

8. Select Responder > Receive Request and Send back Response - Two Way Transaction.

9. Click Load Selected.

Page 186: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

168 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

Task B Running Send Request and Wait for Response - Two Way Transaction on Machine 1

You must start the Receive Request and Send back Response - Two Way Transaction process on Machine 2 before proceeding with this section. Follow these instructions to start the Send Request and Wait for Response - Two Way Transaction process on Machine 1:

1. In the open TIBCO Designer project on Machine 1, expand the Initiator folder.

2. Click the Send Request and Wait for Response - Two Way Transaction process in the design panel.

3. Click the Send Purchase Request activity.

4. In the Configuration tab, select rosettanet.org/3A4/1.4/Purchase Order Request from the Operation Name list.

5. In the Input tab, type Seller in the tpName field.

6. Click Apply.

7. Click the Tester tab in the project panel.

8. Click .

9. Select Initiator > Send Request and Wait for Response - Two Way Transaction.

10. Click Load Selected.

11. In the Jobs folder, select Initiator/Send Request and Wait for Response - Two Way Transaction.process and right-click Create a Job.

Expected Results

If everything works as expected, the request is sent to the trading partner on Machine 1. Machine 1 waits for the response from this trading partner.

Machine 2 receives a request from the trading partner and sends the response asynchronously or synchronously to Machine 1. The private process on Machine 1 receives the response message. The process ends.

Two-Way Push and Pull TransactionsThis section describes the processes defined for two-way push and pull transactions.

This example contains the following processes in TIBCO Designer:

• Send Request and Wait for Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction

Page 187: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Running the Tutorial | 169

• Receive Request and Send back Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction

Send Request and Wait for Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction

Use the Send Request and Wait for Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction process on Machine 1 to initiate a two-way push and pull transaction. You can access this process from the TIBCO Designer project panel in the Initiator folder. The private process reads a request from a local directory and sends the document to the BusinessConnect server, and waits for the responder response asynchronously.

Receive Request and Send back Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction

Use the Receive Request and Send back Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction process on Machine 2 to respond to the request message. You can access this process from the TIBCO Designer project panel in the Responder folder.

Page 188: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

170 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

Running Two-Way Push and Pull Transaction

To run this example, complete the following tasks:

Task A Running Receive Request and Send back Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction on Machine 2

Follow these instructions to start the Receive Request and Send back Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction process on Machine 2:

1. In the opened TIBCO Designer project on Machine 2, expand the Responder folder.

2. Click the Receive Request and Send back Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction process in the design panel.

3. Click the Receive Request activity.

4. In the Configuration tab, select tibco.com/EBMS Push and Pull/1.0/Push and Pull from the Operation Name list.

5. Click Apply.

6. Click the Tester tab in the project panel.

7. Click .

8. Select Responder > Receive Request and Send back Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction.

9. Click Load Selected.

Task B Running Send Request and Wait for Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction on Machine 1

You must start the Receive Request and Send back Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction process on Machine 2 before proceeding with this section. Follow these instructions to start the Send Request and Wait for Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction process on Machine 1:

1. In the open TIBCO Designer project on Machine 1, expand the Initiator folder.

2. Click the Send Request and Wait for Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction process in the design panel.

3. Click the Send Purchase Request activity.

4. In the Configuration tab, select tibco.com/EBMS Push and Pull/1.0/Push and Pull from the Operation Name list.

5. In the Input tab, type Seller in the tpName field.

Page 189: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Running the Tutorial | 171

6. Provide the values in the userName and the password fields in the authorizationToken node.

The user name and password defined in the Global Variables tab must match the ones you configured in TIBCO Administrator on Machine 2 when you define the external user and associate with the trading partner Buyer. If you follow the instructions, the user name is [email protected]. See Task F, Configuring External Users.

7. Click Apply.

8. Click the Tester tab in the project panel.

9. Click .

10. Select Initiator > Send Request and Wait for Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction.

11. Click Load Selected.

12. In the Jobs folder, select Initiator/Send Request and Wait for Response - Two Way Push and Pull Transaction.process and right-click Create a Job.

Expected Results

If everything works as expected, the request with the specified user name and password is sent to the trading partner on Machine 1. After sending a pulled message, Machine 1 waits for the response from the trading partner.

Machine 2 receives a request from the trading partner with the specified user name and password, and packaged and stored in Store-and-Forward, which is targeted to be pulled by the trading partner Buyer from this MPC channel. After receiving the pulling request, Machine 2 sends the response asynchronously with matched user name and password to Machine 1. The private process on Machine 1 receives the response message. The process ends.

Page 190: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

172 | Chapter 9 Tutorial

Page 191: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

| 173

Appendix A Status Codes

This appendix describes status codes used by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol ebMS3/AS4 standard. 200~699 are standard HTTP codes and BusinessConnect-defined codes, when 1100~4999 are codes defined by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

These status codes and their descriptions are displayed in the following locations:

• Private messages The following private message classes include the statusCode and statusMsg fields. See Private Process Message Formats on page 94:

— ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest

— ae/ebMS3/InitiatorResponse

— ae/ebMS3/Advisory (for both error and advisory signal messages)

• Audit log The Description field in the transaction detail view displays a status code with accompanying description. See Transaction Details View on page 129.

Table 35 Status Codes (Sheet 1 of 13)

Code(statusCode field)

Description(statusMsg field)

Role Comment

200 OK HTTP(S)

201~299 HTTP(S) OK codes HTTP(S)

300~503 HTTP(S) error codes HTTP(S)

510 No valid HTTP response. HTTP(S) The most likely causes are that the trading partner sent a trading partner identity that was not recognized by TIBCO BusinessConnect, or that the trading partner did not send a correct HTTP response.

Page 192: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

174 | Appendix A Status Codes

699 Failed to connect to trading

partner.

BusinessConnect

1100 Received

[request|response|error]

message from TP.

Information

1101 Received [signed|] [encrypted|]

[sync/async|] [action|] from

TP.

Information

1102 Ignoring

[Request/response|Receipt

Acknowledgment|MSH

Acknowledgment] message.

Reason: detailed_description.

Information

1651 Receipt Acknowledgment received

for message ID: message_id.Information The trading partner

has received a receipt acknowledgment for the indicated message.

1652 Acceptance Acknowledgment

received for message ID:

message_id.

Information

1653 MSH Acknowledgment received for

message ID: message_id.Information The trading partner

has sent an MSH acknowledgment for the indicated message.

1999 Info: detailed_description. Information

2999 Warning: detailed_description. Warning

3101 Missing either operation ID or

To TP name.

Error

3102 Configuration read error. Reason: detailed_description.

Error

Table 35 Status Codes (Sheet 2 of 13)

Code(statusCode field)

Description(statusMsg field)

Role Comment

Page 193: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Status Codes | 175

3103 Operation not allowed. Reason:

detailed_description.Error

3104 Host Identity for

Authentication not configured -

message cannot be signed.

Error

3105 To or From Role not specified -

receipt acknowledgment cannot

be constructed.

Error

3106 Partner Identity for

trading_partner_name not configured - [Request|Response|Receipt|

MshAck|Error|Exception] cannot

be [signed|encrypted].

Error

3107 Config read failed for remote

TP. Reason: detailed_description.Error

3108 Config read failed for response

action from TP.

Error

3109 Inconsistency between

configuration and message.

Reason: detailed_description.

Error

3110 Unknown Service Action.

Service=service Service type=service_type Action=action.

Error

3111 To party Domain domain and Identity identity does not match with configuration.

Error

3112 Host not allowed to send the

response to TP trading_partner_name. Reason: detailed_description.

Error

Table 35 Status Codes (Sheet 3 of 13)

Code(statusCode field)

Description(statusMsg field)

Role Comment

Page 194: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

176 | Appendix A Status Codes

3113 Failed to determine the

transport. Reason:

detailed_description.

Error

3114 Private process supplied

'businessDocumentName' of

businessDocumentName does not match configured names of

name_in_GUI.

Error

3115 Message ordering is only

available for transactions with

Once-And-Only-Once semantics

and SyncReplyMode of 'none'.

Error

3116 'MessageOrder' element must not

be present with the 'SyncReply'

element.

Error

3117 Time To Live expired Error

3118 Failed to get payload against

the manifest. Reason:

detailed_description.

Error

3119 CPAId cpa_id does not match with configuration.

Error

3120 Version business_process_version is not supported.

Error

3121 From party Domain domain and Identity identity does not match with configuration.

Error

3122 CPAID in CPA and EBMS3 document does not match.

Error

Table 35 Status Codes (Sheet 4 of 13)

Code(statusCode field)

Description(statusMsg field)

Role Comment

Page 195: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Status Codes | 177

3123 Authorization info is missing

when mpc is specified by back

office for Pull Request

message.

Error

3124 Username or password is not

supplied by private process.

Error

3125 The Receipt has been received

for a message that was

previously sent by the MSH

Invalid.

Error

3133 The consistency check of

ATO/SBR SAML Security failed.

The ATO/SBR SAML Security and

Require Non-repudiation of

Request check boxes are

required to be selected on

request action.

Error

3201 Post aborted - exhausted

maximum number of retries

(max_retries).

Error max_retries is the maximum number of retries configured in the GUI.

3202 Unknown Error while sending

[Request/response|Receipt

Acknowledgment|MSH

Acknowledgment].

Error

3203 Posting to trading_partner_name failed with code http_return_code. Reason: detailed_description.

Error

3204 The MSH is experiencing

temporary or permanent failure

in trying to open a transport

connection with a remote MSH.

Error The same as EBMS: 0005.

See ebMS Errors on page 32.

Table 35 Status Codes (Sheet 5 of 13)

Code(statusCode field)

Description(statusMsg field)

Role Comment

Page 196: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

178 | Appendix A Status Codes

3301 Timed out waiting for

[sync|async]

[Acknowledgment|Receipt

Acknowledgment|Acceptance

Acknowledgment].

Error

3302 Unexpected error while waiting

for async response. Reason:

detailed_description.

Error

3303 No MSH Acknowledgment received

after exhausting sending max.

number of retries (max_retries).

Error max_retries is the maximum number of retries configured in the GUI.

3304 No response data was received

from trading partner.

Error

3305 No MSH Receipt received after

sending back pulled message.

Error

3401 MIME formatting error. Reason:

detailed_description.Error

3402 EBMS3 SOAP envelope generation

error. Reason: detailed_description.Error

3403 Failed to create MSH Ack

Envelope. Reason:

detailed_description.

Error

3404 Failed to create Receipt

acknowledgment. Reason:

detailed_description.

Error

3405 Failed to create Attachment

Sequence. Reason:

detailed_description.

Error

Table 35 Status Codes (Sheet 6 of 13)

Code(statusCode field)

Description(statusMsg field)

Role Comment

Page 197: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Status Codes | 179

3501 Client authentication failed

for Service=service Action=action. Reason: detailed_description.

Error

3502 [S/MIME|XML] Encryption failed

for Service=service Action=action. Reason: detailed_description.

[S/MIME|XML] Encryption failed.

Reason: detailed_description.

Error

3502-1 [S/MIME|XML] Encryption failed.

Reason: detailed_description.Error Short error message for

3502.

3503 [S/MIME|XML] Decryption failed

for Service=service Action=action. Reason: detailed_description.

[S/MIME|XML] Decryption failed.

Reason: detailed_description.

Error

3503-1 [S/MIME|XML] Decryption failed.

Reason: detailed_description.Error Short error message for

3503.

3504 EBMS3 SOAP envelope signing

failed for Service=service Action=action. Reason: detailed_description.

Error

3504-1 EBMS3 SOAP envelope signing

failed. Reason: detailed_description.Error Short error message for

3504.

3505 EBMS3 SOAP envelope signature

verification failed for

Service=service Action=action. Reason: detailed_description.

Error

3505-1 EBMS3 SOAP envelope signature

verification failed.Reason:

detailed_description.

Error Short error message for 3505.

Table 35 Status Codes (Sheet 7 of 13)

Code(statusCode field)

Description(statusMsg field)

Role Comment

Page 198: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

180 | Appendix A Status Codes

3506 MSH Acknowledgment signature

references verification failed.

Error

3507 Receipt Acknowledgment NR

digests verification failed.

Reason: detailed_description.

Error

3508 UsernameToken Authentication

Procesing failed for

Service=service Action=action. Reason: detailed_description.

Error

3509 WSS Security Procesing failed

for Service=service Action=action. Reason: detailed_description.

Error

3601 MIME message parsing error.

Reason: detailed_description.Error

3602 EBMS3 SOAP envelope parsing

error. Reason: detailed_description.Error

3603 Error while processing response

from TP. Reason: detailed_description.Error

3604 Unable to compute the operation

ID from message.

Error

3605 Failed to validate EBMS3

envelope parameters against

configuration. Reason:

detailed_description.

Error

3606 Inbound Payload/Attachments

extraction error. Reason:

detailed_description.

Error

3607 Incorect RefToMessageId for

[Request/response|Receipt

Acknowledgment|MSH

Acknowledgment] message.

Error

Table 35 Status Codes (Sheet 8 of 13)

Code(statusCode field)

Description(statusMsg field)

Role Comment

Page 199: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Status Codes | 181

3608 Sync Response Initialization

failed.

Error

3609 Failed to process Synchronous

[response|MSH Acknowledgment].

Error

3610 Error while sending request to

private process. Reason:

detailed_description.

Error

3611 Timeout waiting for

[response|acknowledgment] from

private process.

Error

3612 SOAP Fault (code:

[server|client], text:

brief_description, actor: actor, details: detailed_description).

Error

3613 MSH Error (severity:

[Warning|Error]).

Error msh_error_code is one of the MSH error codes defined by the ebMS specifications.

3614 Application supplied a

duplicate message ID.

Error

3615 Could not find expected SOAP

Fault message.

Error

3616 Unexpected error while

processing sequenced messages.

Reason: detailed_description.

Error

3617 Received message missing

expected SequenceNumber.

Error

3618 Sequenced message timed out

while queued.

Error

Table 35 Status Codes (Sheet 9 of 13)

Code(statusCode field)

Description(statusMsg field)

Role Comment

Page 200: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

182 | Appendix A Status Codes

3619 Application supplied a

duplicate message ID - not

allowed for Once-And-Only-Once

semantics.

Error

3620 Sequenced message timed out

while received.

Error

3621 HTTP reply does not include a

content but status code is not

204.

Warning

3622 There is no message for mpc:

mpcuri.Error

3623 There is no message available

for pulling, mpc= mpcuri.Error

3624 The Receipt has not been

received for message: message description.

Error

3650 Generic Exception received for

messageID: message_id. Reason: detailed_description.

Error Used by the responder private process to indicate that an exception occurred when processing an inbound request.

See Outbound Response Format on page 110.

3651 Receipt Exception received for

messageID: message_id. Reason: detailed_description.

Error

Table 35 Status Codes (Sheet 10 of 13)

Code(statusCode field)

Description(statusMsg field)

Role Comment

Page 201: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Status Codes | 183

3652 Acceptance Exception received

for messageID: message_id. Reason: detailed_description.

Error Used by the responder private process to indicate that an exception occurred when processing an inbound request.

See Outbound Response Format on page 110.

3691 Processing failed for

Service=service Action=action. Reason: detailed_description.

Error

3692 Failed to process [MSH|Receipt]

Acknowledgment for

[request|response|Receipt

Acknowledgment]. Reason:

detailed_description.

Error

3699 General processing error:

detailed_description.Error

3701 Reliable storage insert failed.

Reason: detailed_description.Error

3702 Reliable storage update failed.

Reason: detailed_description.Error

3703 Reliable storage query failed.

Reason: detailed_description.Error

3801 EBMS3 SOAP envelope validation

error. Reason: detailed_description.Error

3802 [Incoming|Outgoing] request

payload failed schema

validation. Reason:

detailed_description.

Error

Table 35 Status Codes (Sheet 11 of 13)

Code(statusCode field)

Description(statusMsg field)

Role Comment

Page 202: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

184 | Appendix A Status Codes

3803 [Incoming|Outgoing] response

payload failed schema

validation. Reason:

detailed_description.

Error

3804 Receipt acknowledgment failed

schema validation.

Error

3805 Missing schema URI for

validation.

Error

3806 Message validation error.

Reason: detailed_description.Error

3807 Exception message failed schema

validation. Reason:

detailed_description.

Error

3808 Processing Mode mismatch. Error

3901 Reply to DMZ failed. Reason:

detailed_description.Error

3991 Unkown Internal Engine Error.

Reason: detailed_description.Error

3992 Missing error details resource.

Reason for original error:

detailed_description.

Error Failed to find the error description resource. This is most likely because of packaging error.

3993 RefId does not exist. Error

3994 The digest associated does not

match the signature digest for

NRR.

Error

Table 35 Status Codes (Sheet 12 of 13)

Code(statusCode field)

Description(statusMsg field)

Role Comment

Page 203: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Status Codes | 185

3995 code: code, short description: description, severity: severity, category: category, origin: origin, refMessageID: refmessageid, error detail: error detail, description: description.

Error The EBMS3 standard errors.

See ebMS Errors on page 32.

3997 User info not exist. Reason: detailed_description.

Error

4999 Debug: detailed_description. Error

Table 35 Status Codes (Sheet 13 of 13)

Code(statusCode field)

Description(statusMsg field)

Role Comment

Page 204: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

186 | Appendix A Status Codes

Page 205: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

| 187

Appendix B Property Reference

Table 36 lists the properties you can set under BusinessConnect > System Settings > Activated Protocol Plug-ins and Properties > ebXML.

Table 36 Property Reference

Property Description

ebxml.sequence.pollInterval (In milliseconds) The interval at which TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol polls for queued messages that are ready to be dispatched and messages that have expired. The default value is 300000 milliseconds.

ebxml.sequence.iterateWait (In milliseconds) The interval at which TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol dispatches queued messages to the private processes. The default value is 5000 milliseconds.

ebxml.duns.check Enforces the correct identity format in the Participants configuration panel when the DUNS domain is used. Select duns to enforce a nine-digit DUNS number, duns+4 to enforce a thirteen-digit DUNS number, and none to turn off this function.

ebxml.fileref.threshold (In bytes) Content size threshold to use file reference in sending messages to private processes. The default value is 5 MB (5000000).

ebms3.persist.duration (In minutes) Maximum length of time that the data from a sent message is kept in persistent storage by a receiving MSH. The default value is 120 minutes.

ebms3.ob.keyExchange.algo The encryption algorithm for the encrypted key exchange.

The available options are: rsa-1_5, rsa-oaep, or rsa-oaep-mgf1p.

ebms3.ato.sbr.sdk.classpath The directory in which all the required SBR Authentication Java Client SDK JAR files and related third-party JAR files are contained.

Page 206: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

188 | Appendix B Property Reference

Page 207: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

| 189

Appendix C Smart Routing

By using TIBCO BusinessConnect, you can define business rules to route messages to specific private processes. This function is called smart routing, which requires configuration of the BusinessConnect server through the BusinessConnect console, and configuration of the BusinessConnect palette resources in TIBCO Designer or TIBCO Business Studio. In the BusinessConnect console, you can set up the business rules and specify the smart ID to be assigned to messages that meet the conditions of the rule. In the BusinessConnect palette resources, you can configure which private processes receive messages that include specific smart IDs.

To configure the smart routing fields, click BusinessConnect > System Settings > Private Process Smart Routing > Add.

Table 37 Smart Routing Fields for ebMS3 (Sheet 1 of 3)

Field Description

Enabled Select this check box to use the private process smart routing.

Protocol The business protocol for the message. Use the asterisk character (*) to match all protocols.

This is a required field.

From The domain identity for the trading partner that sends the original message. If Host that is your company sends a request to Partner and Partner sends a response, you can use smart routing for the response. In this case, the From field is matched by Host because Host is the originator of the business transaction.

Use the asterisk character (*) to match all hosts and partners, but do not use the asterisk character with a string. For example, do not use TIB*.

This is a required field.

To The domain identity for the trading partner that receives the original message. If Partner sends a request to Host that is your company, you can use smart routing for the request. In this case, the To field is matched by Host because Host is the recipient of the request.

Use the asterisk character (*) to match all hosts and partners, but do not use the asterisk character with a string. For example, do not use TIB*.

This is a required field.

Page 208: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

190 | Appendix C Smart Routing

Direction The business direction of the message: inbound or outbound. For example, if Partner sends a request to Host that is your company, both the business direction and the message direction are inbound. However, if Host sends a request to Partner and Partner sends a response, the message direction of the response is inbound, but the business direction of the response is outbound because the original message was outbound.

The asterisk character (*) matches both directions. This is a required field.

Operation ID The location and identifier of the operation. This takes the form of a series of nodes.

Use one asterisk character (*) to match all operations directly under a specific node. For example:

BC/*/* matches BC/MyNotify/Test but not BC/MyNotify/Test/notify1

Use two asterisk characters (**) to match operations recursively. Use double asterisks alone or use them as the last node. For example:

BC/MyNotify/** matches BC/MyNotify/1.3/Test

BC/MyNotify/**/notify1 is the same as BC/MyNotify/**. The software ignores any nodes after a double asterisk.

You can use both a single asterisk and a double asterisk, for example:

BC/*/1.0/** matches BC/Test-01/1.0/A/B

This is a required field.

Table 37 Smart Routing Fields for ebMS3 (Sheet 2 of 3)

Field Description

Page 209: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Smart Routing | 191

CMName The name of the listening certified messaging (CM) transport for the private process. If you provide the CM name for the listening CM transport, BusinessConnect pre-registers the CM name, assuring creation of a ledger and persistence of messages in the event that the listening transport is down. If the CM name is not pre-registered, and BusinessConnect has not yet had an opportunity to create a ledger, and the listening CM transport is down, messages do not persist.

This is optional.

Note:

• Do not use the asterisk character (*) in this field.

• Verify the accuracy of the CM name before deploying the rule. If the CM name you provide does not exist, the ledger grows indefinitely.

For more information about CM listeners and CM names, see TIBCO Rendezvous Concepts.

Smart ID An identifier that indicates which smart routing rules the message satisfied. Any combination of alphanumeric characters can be used, with a minimum of one character and a maximum of twenty-five characters.

This is a required field.

Table 37 Smart Routing Fields for ebMS3 (Sheet 3 of 3)

Field Description

Page 210: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

192 | Appendix C Smart Routing

Page 211: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

| 193

Appendix D Public Messages

This appendix describes the elements and attributes in the ebMS3 messages and how they correspond to GUI elements in the BusinessConnect console or to private message fields.

Topics

• ebMS3 Public Message Structure, page 194

• SOAP Envelope, page 196

Page 212: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

194 | Appendix D Public Messages

ebMS3 Public Message Structure

The structure of an ebMS user messa3ge is shown in Figure 12:

Figure 12 ebMS3 User Message Structure

Underlying Protocol Envelope (HTTP, SMTP...)

SOAP with Attachments MIME Envelope

MIME Part

SOAP Envelope

SOAP Header

eb:UserMessage

eb:MessageInfo

MIME Part(s)

Payload(s)

Payload(s)

SOAP Body

eb:Messaging

eb:UserMessage

eb:MessageInfo

eb:PartyInfo

eb:CollaborationInfo

eb:MessageProperties

eb:PayloadInfo

WSS: Security

Wsr:Reliability / wsrm: ReliableMessaging

Wsr:Reliabiligy and wsrm:ReliableMessaging are not implemented because they are not required by AS4 profile.

Page 213: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

ebMS3 Public Message Structure | 195

The structure of an ebMS3 signal message is shown in Figure 13:

Figure 13 ebMS3 Signal Message Structure

Underlying Protocol Envelope (HTTP, SMTP...)

SOAP with Attachments MIME Envelope

MIME Part

SOAP Envelope

SOAP Header

eb:UserMessage

eb:MessageInfo

SOAP Body

eb:Messaging

eb:SignalMessage

eb:MessageInfo

eb:PullRequestOr

eb: ReceiptOr

eb:Error

WSS: Security

Wsr:Reliability / wsrm: ReliableMessaging

Wsr:Reliabiligy and wsrm:ReliableMessaging are not implemented because they are not required by AS4 profile.

Page 214: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

196 | Appendix D Public Messages

SOAP Envelope

This section describes the elements and attributes in the ebXML SOAP envelope and how they correspond to GUI elements in the BusinessConnect console or to private message fields.

UserMessage ElementThe UserMessage element, as defined by the ebXML Message Service Specification version 3.0, is shown in the following diagram.

Page 215: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

SOAP Envelope | 197

See Table 38 for corresponding GUI element in the BusinessConnect console or corresponding private message field of each element or attribute.

Table 38 UserMessage Element in ebMS3 Messages (Sheet 1 of 3)

Element/Attribute Source of Value

mpc Identifies the message partitioning channel to which the message is assigned.

MessageInfo

Timestamp This is for outbound message only.

Automatically generated by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

MessageId This is for outbound message only.

The messageID field in the ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest message class. If a value is not specified, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol randomly generates one. See Outbound Request Format on page 95.

RefToMessageId The MessageData/MessageId element in the related inbound message. This element is not included in request messages.

PartyInfo

From/PartyId The ID string, which is without the domain string, is in

BusinessConnect > Participants > participant > Protocols > ebMS3 > General > Default Domain Identity.

From/PartyId/type The domain string, which is without the domain string, is in

BusinessConnect > Participants > participant > Protocols > ebMS3 > General > Default Domain Identity.

Note: For outbound messages, this attribute is not included if the domain string is URI.

From/Role BusinessConnect > Operations Editor > ebMS3 > transaction > name Transaction > Roles > Initiating Role (or Responding Role).

Or, in the case of override in operation binding:

BusinessConnect > Business Agreements > agreement > ebMS3 > Operation Bindings > transaction > Initiating Role.

Note: If this field is empty, and then the From/Role element is not included. See Operation Settings Tab on page 84.

Page 216: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

198 | Appendix D Public Messages

To/PartyId The ID string, which is without the domain string, is in

BusinessConnect > Participants > participant > Protocols > ebMS3 > General > Default Domain Identity.

To/PartyId/type The domain string, which is without the ID string, is in

BusinessConnect > Participants > participant > Protocols > ebMS3 > General > Default Domain Identity.

Note: For outbound messages, this attribute is not included if the domain string is URI.

To/Role BusinessConnect > Operations Editor > ebMS3 > transaction > name Transaction > Roles > Initiating Role (or Responding Role).

Or, in the case of override in operation binding:

BusinessConnect > Business Agreements > agreement > ebMS3 > Operation Binding > transaction > Initiating Role.

Note: If this field is empty, and then the To/Role element is not included. See Operation Settings Tab on page 84.

CollaborationInfo

AgreementRef/type BusinessConnect > Participants > Partner > Protocols > ebMS3 > General > AgreementRef.

AgreementRef/pmode BusinessConnect > Operations Editor > ebMS3 > transaction > name Transaction > Service Information > P-Mode ID. This value can be overridden in Business Agreement Operation Binding.

Service BusinessConnect > Operations Editor > ebMS3 > transaction > name Transaction > Service Information > Service.

Service/type BusinessConnect > Operations Editor > ebMS3 > transaction > name Transaction > Service Information > Service Type.

Action BusinessConnect > Operations Editor > ebMS3 > transaction > name Action > General > Name.

Table 38 UserMessage Element in ebMS3 Messages (Sheet 2 of 3)

Element/Attribute Source of Value

Page 217: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

SOAP Envelope | 199

ConversationId This is for outbound message only.

The conversationID field in the ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest message class. If a value is not specified, TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol randomly generates one in the outbound sequenced message. See Outbound Request Format on page 95.

MessageProperties

Property/name The property name of the message that must be agreed upon between partners.

PayloadInfo

PartInfo The supplemental information of a payload, either the payload in SOAP Body, or a payload in an attachment.

PartInfo/href The reference of the payload for which this PartyInfo is related. For outbound messages, it can be specified from a private process or automatically generated by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

PartInfo/Schema The schema of the payload. You can use this file to specify the schema URI which can be useful to the recipient.

PartInfo/Description A short description of the related payload and can be specified from the private process.

PartInfo/PartProperties/Property

The customer property name and value pairs regarding this payload that can be specified by the sender.

Table 38 UserMessage Element in ebMS3 Messages (Sheet 3 of 3)

Element/Attribute Source of Value

Page 218: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

200 | Appendix D Public Messages

SignalMessage ElementThe SignalMessage element, as defined by the ebXML Message Service Specification version 3.0, is shown in the following diagram.

See Table 39 for corresponding GUI element in the BusinessConnect console or corresponding private message field of each element or attribute.

Table 39 Signal Message Element in ebMS3 Messages

Element/Attribute Source of Value

any Not included.

MessageInfo

Timestamp This is for outbound message only.

Automatically generated by TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

Page 219: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

SOAP Envelope | 201

MessageId This is for outbound message only.

The messageID field in the ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest message class. If a value is not specified there, and then TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol randomly generates one. See Outbound Request Format on page 95.

RefToMessageId The MessageData/MessageId element in the related inbound message. This element is not included in request messages.

PullRequest

mpc Identifies the message partitioning channel to which the message is assigned.

any Not included.

Receipt

any A single ebbpsig:NonRepudiationInformation child element or a copy of the original user message element.

Error

Description A narrative description of the error in the language defined by the xml:lang attribute.

ErrorDetail The detailed description of the error message.

Error/category The type of the error, for example, Content, Packaging, UnPackaging, Communication, and InternalProcess.

Error/refToMessageInError

The MessageId of the message in the error, for which this error is raised.

Error/errorCode The unique identifier for the type of error.

Error/origin The functional module within which the error occurred. Possible values for this attribute include ebMS, reliability, and security.

Error/severity The severity of the error. Possible values are warning and failure.

Error/shortDescription

The short description of the error.

Table 39 Signal Message Element in ebMS3 Messages (Cont’d)

Element/Attribute Source of Value

Page 220: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

202 | Appendix E ATO/SBR SAML Security

Appendix E ATO/SBR SAML Security

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol supports SBR sponsored by the Australian government with SAML 2.0 security and authorization features.

This appendix describes all the necessary configurations for businesses to conduct SBR transactions with Australian government agencies.

Topics

• Overview, page 203

• Setting Up the ATO/SBR SAML Security for Hosts and Partners, page 204

• Setting Up the ATO/SBR SAML Security Feature in Operations, page 210

Page 221: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Overview | 203

Overview

SBR is a standard approach introduced by the Australian government to simplify online business reporting. SBR is built into business and accounting software making the software SBR-enabled.

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol provides the security, packaging, and inter-operation functionalities required by SBR. Businesses can build the functionalities available in this product into their own software to make it SBR-enabled.

The available SBR functionalities in TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol include:

• Support for two new MEPs:

— Two-way synchronize: used in SBR single-synchronous transactions, and the responses are returned synchronously.

— Two-way push and pull: used in single or batch/bulk asynchronous transactions, and the responses are pulled by the businesses.

• Support for AUSkey management and automatic renewal of SAML tokens:

— Support SBR keystore format for AUSkey accessibility.

— Automatic renewal of SAML tokens by interacting with the STS.

• Support for SAML tokens packaging and digital signature:

— Packaging of business documents into ebMS3 messages.

— Packaging of SAML tokens retrieved from the STS.

— Signature of the ebMS3 messages and SAML tokens before sending to the ATO/SBR ebMS3 Platform.

If you want to use the ATO/SBR SAML security, you have to complete the following tasks:

1. Setting Up the ATO/SBR SAML Security for Hosts and Partners on page 204

2. Setting Up the ATO/SBR SAML Security Feature in Operations on page 210

Page 222: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

204 | Appendix E ATO/SBR SAML Security

Setting Up the ATO/SBR SAML Security for Hosts and Partners

This section provides the instructions for setting up the ATO/SBR SAML security on an initiator machine. The following tasks include:

1. Task A, Adding New Domains Metadata, page 204

2. Task B, Configuring SBR SDK Class Path, page 205

3. Task C, Configuring Trading Hosts with SAML Security, page 206

4. Task D, Configuring Trading Partners with SAML Security, page 208

Task A Adding New Domains Metadata

When sending business reports to the ATO by using TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol, each business is identified as a specific combination of Australian Business Number (ABN) domain and an identity number assigned by Australian Business Register (ABR).

Follow these instructions to add new domains metadata:

1. Log on to TIBCO Administrator, expand BusinessConnect > System Settings in the left panel.

2. Click Metadata Type Configuration in the right panel.

3. Click Domains > New.

4. Type ABN in the Domain Name field. Description is optional.

This is used when you send business reports to the ATO.

In the SBR request sent to the ATO/SBR platform, this ABN domain is presented as the type attribute of the PartyId element, and the domain identity that is the number assigned by ABN is presented as the PartyId value.

5. Click Save.

6. Click New again.

7. Type NULL in the Domain Name field. Description is optional.

This is used to present the ATO/SBR. In responses replied by the ATO/SBR platform of current implementation, the SBR service is represented in this way: the type attribute of the PartyId element is empty, and the PartyId value is ATO. In BusinessConnect, the ATO/SBR service is represented by a trading partner with ATO as the domain identity but NULL as the domain type.

8. Click Save.

Page 223: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Setting Up the ATO/SBR SAML Security for Hosts and Partners | 205

9. Click Done. Click Done again.

Task B Configuring SBR SDK Class Path

Integrating with SBR Authentication SDK and ABR Security Token Manager SDK, you can use TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol to load AUSkey from a specific key store conforming to SBR and automatically update SAML security tokens from the STS.

The SBR and ABR SDKs contain a set of JAR library files. You have to copy all the required JAR files under a centralized location, and then configure TIBCO BusinessConnect to access this location in which these JAR files are contained.

Follow these instructions to configure SBR and ABR SDKs class path:

1. Click BusinessConnect > System Settings > Activated Protocol Plug-ins and Properties > ebXML, and find the ebms3.ato.sbr.sdk.classpath property.

2. Type the directory in which all the required SBR Authentication Java Client SDK JAR files and related third-party JAR files are contained in this field. Ensure that this directory is identical and accessible for all BusinessConnect interior engines.

For example, TIBCO_HOME/bc/version_number/protocols/ebxml/samllib.

The required JAR files:

— ABR_SecurityTokenManager.jar

— bcmail-jdk15-145.jar

— bcprov-ext-jdk15-143.jar

— jsr173_api.jar

— KeyStore.jar

— webservices-api.jar

— webservices-extra.jar

— webservices-extra-api.jar

— webservices-rt.jar

— webservices-tools.jar

Note: The version numbers in the file names are updated accordingly when the JAR files are upgraded by new releases of the SBR and ABR SDKs. Update these library files if you want higher versions of the SDKs.

3. Click Save, and then click Done.

Page 224: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

206 | Appendix E ATO/SBR SAML Security

Task C Configuring Trading Hosts with SAML Security

A business reporting to the ATO by SBR is represented as a trading host in TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol. In current implementation, a host can be identified as one ABN. A host also keeps one AUSkey and maintains the automatic updating of one SBR SAML security token.

Follow these instructions to configure the ATO/SBR SAML security of a trading host:

1. Configure the ebMS3/AS4 Standard for a trading host. See Configuring ebMS3/AS4 Standard for Trading Hosts on page 76.

2. Click the General tab, and then configure the parameters to manage general information for the ebMS3 trading host. See Table 13.

Note: In the General tab, select the ABN domain that you created in Adding New Domains Metadata with the specific numbers assigned by ABR as the identity from the Default Domain Identity list.

3. Click the SAML tab, and then configure parameters to manage SAML security for the ebMS3 trading host. See Table 40. Click Save. Click Save again.

Table 40 Trading Host SAML Properties

Field Description

ATO/SBR SAML Security

AUSkey Config Files Location Type the directory in which the AUSKey keystore file KeyStore.xml that contains AUSKey of this host, and the configuration file preferences.xml are located. These files are obtained from ABR and these files are part of the ABR SDK.

Note:

• The preferences.xml configuration file name is not case sensitive, and cannot be changed apart from case.

• The KeyStore.xml configuration file name must be the same file name as defined in the preferences.xml file.

• Ensure that this directory is identical and accessible for all BusinessConnect interior engines, because this property is used for all BusinessConnect Interior Servers.

AUSkey Keystore Password Click set to add a password for accessing AUSkey keystore. If you want to change the password you configured, click change.

Page 225: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Setting Up the ATO/SBR SAML Security for Hosts and Partners | 207

AUSkey Credential Alias Type the alias of the credential that is used to retrieve the AUSKey from the keystore. This is normally an alias ID for representing the reporting business.

Automatically Update Security Token

Select this check box to automatically update the SAML security token of this host from the STS server.

Security Token Manager Config Files Location

Type the directory in which the sts.properties, sts.p7b, and securitytokenmanager.properties configuration files are contained. These files are used to interact with STS for renewing SAML security token. These files are obtained from SBR and these files are part of the SBR SDK.

Note:

• These three file names are not case sensitive, and cannot be changed apart from case. Ensure that the configurations within these files are correct with current reporting business.

• Ensure that this directory is identical and accessible for all BusinessConnect interior engines.

• The sts.p7b file is the SSL certificate of the STS server in .p7b format. You have to transform the certificate into this format if it is provided in any other format.

• Ensure that the claims used for authenticating to the STS support the same credential type.

Service Endpoint the Security Token is Requested for

Type the URL of the SBR service endpoint for which this security token is requested for. The STS then designates this URL with the security token obtained by the business; this association is eventually checked by the SBR services.

Security Token Update through HTTP Proxy

Select this check box if the outbound HTTP connection to STS server for updating the security token is through an HTTP proxy server. You have to create an HTTP proxy server before selecting this check box.

See Outbound HTTP/FTP Proxy and Mail SMTP Servers in TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Partner Administration on how to configure a proxy server for a host.

Table 40 Trading Host SAML Properties (Cont’d)

Field Description

Page 226: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

208 | Appendix E ATO/SBR SAML Security

Task D Configuring Trading Partners with SAML Security

ATO/SBR services are represented as trading partners in TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol.

Follow these instructions to configure the ATO/SBR SAML security of a trading partner:

1. Configure the ebMS3/AS4 Standard for a trading partner. See Configuring ebMS3/AS4 Standard for Trading Partners on page 78.

2. Click the General tab, and then configure the parameters to manage general information for the ebMS3 trading partner. See Table 14.

3. Click the Transports tab, and then configure outbound transport settings for sending ebXML messages to this trading partner. See Transports Tab on page 80.

HTTP Proxy Alias The alias of the HTTP proxy server to be used for this particular connection. You can configure multiple proxy servers in your environment; choose the one for this connection by specifying the alias.

• After configuring security token settings, restart TIBCO BusinessConnect Interior Servers. The settings take effect only after the Interior Servers are restarted.

• The credentials used for signing the SBR ebMS3 request are extracted from AUSkey keystore, so you do not have to configure the X. 509 private key in the Credentials tab for message signature and other security functions.

Table 40 Trading Host SAML Properties (Cont’d)

Field Description

• Select the NULL domain that you created in Adding New Domains Metadata with the ATO as the identity from the Default Domain Identity list.

• Type values in the AgreementRef and Type fields for the ebMS3 messages of the SBR service transactions. This is the default AgreementRef and Type for the SBR services you use. In cases that each SBR service operation might have its own AgreementRef and Type, these two values can be overridden in the corresponding operation definitions.

• In certain cases AgreementRef and Type are not used in the ebMS3 messages of certain SBR services, type NULL in the AgreementRef and Type fields; the AgreementRef element and type attribute are not present in the outbound ebMS3 requests sent to the ATO SBR services.

Page 227: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Setting Up the ATO/SBR SAML Security for Hosts and Partners | 209

• The HTTP URL configured in the Transports tab is the default SBR service endpoint. Normally SBR exposes different service endpoints for different operations, in each case you use the transport overriding feature in the Operation Bindings configurations of the corresponding Business Agreements. By doing this, different endpoint URLs can be used for different operations.

• For two-way push and pull MEP used in SBR services, the endpoint URLs for the push and pull actions can also be different; in this case the push action uses the transport of this operation whether it is from the default or from the transport overriding of Operation Bindings. However, the pull action uses the value specified in the Service Endpoint URL for Pull Request field in the Pull Request tab of this operation if the value is given in this field.

Page 228: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

210 | Appendix E ATO/SBR SAML Security

Setting Up the ATO/SBR SAML Security Feature in Operations

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol provides multiple operation types that you can use to interact with the ATO SBR services. You can create your own operations by expanding BusinessConnect > Operations Editor in TIBCO Administrator, and do transactions with the ATO SBR services.

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol provides the following operation types:

• Two-way: used for "single-synchronize", "single-asynchronize" or "batch/bulk with receipt", and so on. You can choose different options from the Response Reply Pattern list to implement these transactions.

• Pull: used for "Single Pull".

• Push and Pull: used for "single-async-push-and-pull".

See the content about the ATO/SBR SAML security in Transaction Properties on how to configure this function for different transactions.

Table 41 describes useful information when you configure the ATO/SBR SAML security.

Table 41 Notes for the ATO/SBR SAML Security

Field Description

Service Information

AgreementRef These are the AgreementRef and type specific for this operation, and you can override the default AgreementRef and type defined for a trading partner, which is useful for ATO/SBR services where different operations have different AgreementRef.

Type

Request Action

Name The name of the action.

This is used as the CollaborationInfo/Action in the request ebMS3 message. For example, "Submit.002.00" for FVSU.

ATO/SBR SAML Security Select this check box to package messages conforming to the ATO/SBR.

Require Non-repudiation of Request

Select this check box when you select the ATO/SBR SAML Security check box.

Response Action

Page 229: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Setting Up the ATO/SBR SAML Security Feature in Operations | 211

ATO/SBR SAML Security Select this check box to package messages conforming to the ATO/SBR.

Require Non-repudiation of Request

Select this check box when you select the ATO/SBR SAML Security check box.

Pull Request

Service Endpoint URL for Pull Request

For two-way push and pull MEP used in SBR services, the endpoint URLs for the push and pull actions can also be different; in this case the push action uses the transport of this operation whether it is from the default or from the transport overriding of Operation Bindings. However, the pull action uses the value specified in the Service Endpoint URL for Pull Request field in the Pull Request tab of this operation if the value is given in this field.

See Configuring Trading Partners with SAML Security on page 208.

Other Configurations

Signature Digest Algorithm The ATO/SBR ebMS3 messages only support SHA256 as the digest algorithm for digital signature. Ensure that you select this option under BusinessConnect > Business Agreements > agreement > ebMS3 > Document Security > Outbound Doc Exchange > Digest Algorithm in TIBCO Administrator.

Note: The Signing Key list is irrelevant, because the key used for the signature is from the AUSkey keystore instead of the configuration.

Table 41 Notes for the ATO/SBR SAML Security (Cont’d)

Field Description

Page 230: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

212 | Appendix E ATO/SBR SAML Security

Page 231: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

| 213

Index

A

ae/ebMS3/Advisory 115, 118ae/ebMS3/Initiator/Ack 101ae/ebMS3/InitiatorRequest 95ae/ebMS3/InitiatorResponse 103ae/ebMS3/ResponderAck 113ae/ebMS3/ResponderRequest 106ae/ebMS3/ResponderResponse 110architecture, product 3ATO/SBR SAML security 46, 52, 57, 64, 68, 71, 202attachment directory 37audit log 128, 129, 129

state details view 130summary view 129

audit log (see logs) 128

B

business agreementdocument security properties 86overriding participant settings 90

business agreements 81configuring transports 88operation bindings 83protocol configuration 82

business agreements, configuring 82Business Process Specification Schema 3BusinessConnection Connection resource 123

C

certificate 36certificates 36checking DUNS digits 187

Collaboration Protocol Profile and Agreement 3compression 45, 55, 63configuring BusinessConnect server 37

transport 37consistency of message settings 33Content-Transfer-Encoding 28conversation 99, 102, 106, 109, 114, 117, 120customer support xviii, xviii

D

digital signatures 46, 49, 52, 57, 60, 64, 67, 69, 71, 86digest algorithm 86verifying certificates 87

document security 86, 86domain identities 36, 76, 77, 79, 79

adding 77, 79in private messages 96, 96, 96URI 77, 80

domains 37DUNS digit check 187duplicate elimination 48, 53, 59, 66, 100, 112

E

ebMS3 overview 2ebms3.persist.duration 187ebxml.duns.check 187ebxml.fileref.threshold 187ebxml.sequence.iterateWate 187ebxml.sequence.pollInterval 187encryption 44, 55, 62, 86

algorithm 86certificates 86decrypting inbound message 87

Page 232: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

214 | Index

error handling 31exceptions 111, 116exchanging information with trading partners 36

F

features 5

H

host transport 37HTTP 37, 89HTTPS 37, 80, 89HTTPSCA 37, 80, 89

I

initial polling interval 70

J

JMS message format 94

K

key 36

L

large payload 37

logs 128audit log 128, 129, 129non-repudiation log 128, 131, 131overview 128resend log 128viewing 128

M

max private process response wait time 57, 72max response wait time 56maximum number of retries 49, 60, 67maximum polling interval 70maximum polling times 70Message Partition Channel 69

N

non-repudiation 46, 49, 52, 57, 60, 64, 67, 69, 71non-repudiation log (see logs) 128, 128, 131, 131non-repudiation logging 83

configuring 83

O

one-way pull transaction 50one-way push transaction 43operation bindings 83

Action Settings tab 85editing 83overriding operation settings 84Transports tab 85

operation bindings (see also business agreements) 83

Page 233: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

Index | 215

Operations Editor 40adding business processes 41adding operations 41adding organizations 41adding transactions 42adding versions 41exporting transactions 73importing transactions 40, 74

overrideaction settings 85actions 85default operation settings 84participant settings 90, 90transactions 84transports 85, 85, 89, 89

P

party id 36P-Mode ID 44, 51, 55, 62preparing to use TIBCO BusinessConnect RosettaNet

Protocol 35private message formats

advisory signal 115attachment 121error message 118inbound request 106inbound response 103outbound request 95outbound response 110request acknowledgment 101response acknowledgment 113TradingPartner 122

private messages 8, 8, 94, 94action 108, 117, 120agreementRef 102, 106, 109, 114, 117, 120attachment 98, 105, 109, 112

content 121content-id 121content-type 121fileReference 121

name 121businessProcess 97, 101, 104, 107, 114, 117, 119businessProcessVersion 97, 102, 104, 107, 114, 117,

119closure 100, 102, 106, 109, 112, 114, 117, 119conversationID 99, 102, 106, 109, 114, 117, 120details 116, 119dupElimination 100, 112error 31extraInfo 117, 119fromRole 104, 107fromTP 104, 107host 101, 104, 107, 114, 116, 119hostDomain 96hostID 96inbound response 31JMS format 94messageID 99, 102, 106, 109, 112, 115, 118, 120operationID 97, 101, 104, 107, 114, 116, 119operationType 114organization 97, 101, 104, 107, 114, 117, 119outbound response acknowledgment 31, 31RefToMessageID 99Rendezvous format 94request 98, 108response 105, 111service 107, 117, 119serviceType 108, 117, 119standardID 95, 101, 104, 107, 110, 113, 115, 118statusCode 104, 111, 114, 116, 119statusMsg 104, 111, 114, 116, 119TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks 123toRole 104, 107tpDomain 96tpName 96, 101, 116, 118trackingID 100, 102, 106, 113, 115, 118, 120TradingPartner

domain 122id 122name 122

tradingPartner 101, 113, 116, 119transactionID 116, 119transactionName 98, 102, 104, 107, 114, 117, 119

Page 234: TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide … · 2015. 8. 25. · TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User s Guide ebMS3/AS4 Standard Software Release 6.1 August 2015 Two-Second

TIBCO BusinessConnect ebXML Protocol User’s Guide — ebMS3/AS4 Standard

216 | Index

private processes 8, 91, 92message formats (see private messages) 94standalone 92TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks

configuring initiators 125configuring responders 125Send and Receive activities 124

process flowsynchronous 24

public messages 8, 9MSH error 31SOAP envelop (see SOAP envelop) 196structure 194

push and pull transaction 60

R

receipt reply pattern 47, 58, 65Rendeavous message format 94require MSH receipt 48, 59, 66require UsernameToken authentication 58, 65require UsernameToken authentication of request 47,

53, 69require UsernameToken authentication of response 72resend log 136resend log (see logs) 128, 128resendable states 132response reply pattern 58

S

SAML 29sequenced messages

iterate wait time 187poll interval 187

server URL 36setting up the responder trading partner

properties 151smart routing 189SOAP envelop

MessageHeader 196, 200

states, transaction 133status codes 104, 111, 114, 116, 119, 173summary view 129support, contacting xviii, xviiisynchronous reply modes 24

T

technical support xviii, xviiiTIBCO ActiveExchange 92, 94TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks 92TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks, configuring 123,

124TIBCO_HOME xvtimeout 49, 60, 67trading host configuration 76trading partner configuration 78transaction

one-way pull 50one-way push 43push and pul 60two-way 54

transaction details view 129transaction states 133transports 37

in business agreement 88in business agreements 88in trading partner configuration 80override 85overriding 89

tutorial 137overview 138standalone private processes 137

two-way transaction 54asynchronous 13synchronous 14

U

URL, server (see server URL) 36


Recommended